The Magical World Of No Return 2: 2 Worlds Collide

Chapter 25

Happy Valentine’s Day

Cam and Wendy soon rendezvous with the rest of the gang in the lobby of the Grand Colonial.

Rami: There they are!!!!

Wendy: Hey guys!!!!

Cam: Settled in alright???!!!!

Dorion: Yep, no complaints!!!!  How about you guys?

Cam: So far so good!!!!

Wendy: Had a great talk with Carla, Erika, and Chelia!!!!

Jim West: Great to hear darling!!!

Artemus Gordon: Thanks again for hooking us up with the accommodations Cam!!!

Toby: We’d be screwed if it weren’t for you!!!

Cam: Hey, no problem!!!!  If you need any help with getting around here in this world; PLEASE do not hesitate to let me know!!!  And if anyone in this world gives you guys any trouble, again, please notify me right away, and I’ll work things out.

Haji: We really appreciate it Cam!!!!

Cam: Hey, I know what it’s like being in a different world you are unfamiliar with all too well!!! LOL!!!  Luckily Dorion and Haji; you guys helped me out of a jam when an angry mob was after me, and Wendy kept me company when I was terrified out of my mind.  Therefor it’s only right that I return the favor and help you guys here in my home territory.

Wendy: I know I have nothing to worry about because I have you to protect me.

Cam: And I promise to always protect you while you’re here in my world, and that goes for all of you.

Dorion: We’re very lucky to have you here with us Cam, and we couldn’t be anymore grateful.

Jim West: Anyways let’s quit standing around because I’m starving!!!!

Cam: Good plan, let’s head to Nine-Ten and eat.

Though Cam was feeling unsure for he was still unable to eat a full meal without feeling sick.
However Cam puts on a brave face as he and the rest of the gang make their way to the upscale restaurant of Nine-Ten and are greeted warmly by the maître D.

Maitre D.: Good evening, and welcome to Nine-Ten!  What time is your reservation?

Cam: Hello, we’re doing very well thank you!  Reservation is under Von Ludwig, for 8 at 9:00.

Maitre D.: Perfect!!!  Follow me right this way!!!!

Wendy: WOW!!!!  This place looks amazing!!!!

Jim West: I don’t think we’re dressed right for it!!!!

Cam: Hence why I’m glad the reservation is late when less people are around. LOL!!!

Dorion: And I thought the Bayou Rose was fancy!!!!

Cam: I booked us a 7:30 reservation at The Crown Room in Hotel Del Coronado tomorrow so wait until you see that!!!!

Everyone is soon seated, and as everyone looks at their menus, Wendy notices that Cam doesn’t look at his.

Wendy: Hey Cam, aren’t you gonna order anything?

Cam: I might, but I’m not really that hungry.

Wendy: I know I’ve been quiet about this, but I’m very worried about you………..Troy and Erika have told us how you haven’t really been eating.

Jim West: I’m gonna be straight forward about this, but you’re as skinny as a rail.

Cam: Well, 3 years ago when you all first met me, I weighed around 205 pounds……………….After the 2 year absence because of The Second Civil War and Covid19 Pandemic, my weight has gone down to 152………………

Dorion: HOLY SMOKES!!!!!!

Toby: THAT IS LITERALLY THE BORDER LINE OF HEALTHY AND ANOREXIC!!!!

Cam: A lot happened during the war, and during the pandemic…………………when I’m under a lot of stress and go through traumatic events, I lose my appetite, and stop eating altogether.  It’s hard for me to see a full meal in front of me without feeling sick………….

Wendy: I’m sorry.  I know it’s hard for you, but please at least try to eat something okay?  I don’t think I can eat a whole meal on here either, so we can share.  Promise me you’ll try, okay?

Cam: I’ve heard it before, but I understand where you’re coming from.

Wendy: We’ll share, okay?

Cam: Okay.

Artemus Gordon: I can’t imagine what you had to go through these passed 2 years.

Cam: All I can say is, war is ugly……………..but I’m glad it’s in the passed.

Rami: We’re all here for you buddy!!!

Dorion: And we’ve all got your back!!!

Cam: And I really appreciate your loyalty as well as your friendship.

Jim West: No offense Cam, but we were all getting confused and tired of some of your recent antics.

Cam: I completely understand, and I’m sorry.

Toby: However, the strategy for today’s operation was brilliantly planned and carried out.

Cam: And it’s because we all planned it out together, just like we did 3 years ago when we planned out clearing the Koopaling Fortresses.  Everyone was Qed in on everything, and everyone had equal input on how to carry out the operation, and from here on, that’s how we’ll execute our strategies in clearing out the remaining temples located throughout both worlds.

Haji: I am all for that!!!

Wendy: Me too!!!!

Cam: And just like before, Wendy and I will be clearing the temples together as a team.  As the current rulers of the Magic Kingdom, it’s our responsibility to clear the remaining temples, and destroy The Horned King before it’s too late.

Wendy: If we can, I’d like it if Chelia, Erika, and Carla would also help out too!!!!

Cam: And Troy as well!!!!  We’re all powerful magic users, and the more there are of us, the better chance we have of defeating our enemies.

Wendy: I totally agree!!!!

Cam: We’ll have all this taken care of and put behind us!!!!

Wendy: Of course we will!!!

Cam and Wendy then hook their pinkies promising to get the job done as the Magic Kingdom’s rightful rulers.

Cam & Wendy: And we’ll do it together!!!

Cam: And with that aside, what would you all like to do tomorrow?  I mean, there is A LOT to see here in the San Diego Area!!!!  Balboa Park, Mission San Diego De Alcala, The San Diego Wildlife Reserve, Old Town San Diego, The Whaley House, The San Diego Model Railroad Museum, The La Jolla Shores Beach, The Contemporary Fine Arts Gallery, The Ocean Caves, and there’s The Glasslamp Quarter.

Wendy: If it’s okay, I’d love to get a new bathing suit so I we can find a safe beach to explore!!!!

Jim West: Old Town San Diego sounds interesting!!!!

Haji: Balboa Park is a must judging from the pictures!!!!

Cam: Mass at the Mission San Diego De Alcala is at 4:30, and I would like to attend that………….

Artemus Gordon: I’d like to see The Contemporary Fine Arts Gallery!!!!  

Rami: I’d love to visit The Glasslamp Quarter since it’s at the heart of Night Life here!!!!

Toby: Anything you guys wanna do, I’m open for!!!!

Dorion: Same here!!!!

Cam: That’s settled.  Wendy and I will shop for a bathing suit to swim at the La Jolla Shores Beach, then we’ll meet up with Artemus Gordon at The Contemporary Fine Arts Gallery for an hour.  Afterwards we’ll meet up with Jim West in Old Town San Diego, and we’ll explore The Whaley House.  We’ll then have lunch before we explore Balboa Park, and then we must leave at 3:30 to make it to mass at Mission San Diego De Alcala, which is at 4:30.  Afterwards, we’ll come back to the hotel, freshen up, and then we’ll enjoy a nice dinner at Hotel Del Coronado’s Crown Room.
Afterwards we can finish our night in The Glass Lamp Quarter.

Wendy: WOW!!!!!  I can’t believe how well you came up with that!!!!

Jim West: That sounds like a great plan!!!

Artemus Gordon: And now that that’s out of the way, let’s order dinner because I’m starving!!!!

Our friends then order their food and enjoy a nice meal before they all branch off and go their separate ways.

Cam: Alright Wendy, I’ll have a wake up call scheduled for us at 7:30, so we can go get you a bathing suite, and visit the beach for an hour.

Wendy: Actually, now that I think about it…………

Wendy gets out her item storage gun, and is surprised to find that she still has her Green skirted flowery 3 piece tankini swimsuit with her.

Wendy: Actually, never mind; I surprisingly already have my bathing suit with me, so we can go straight to the beach.

Cam: That’s even better!!!!!

Wendy: I know, right???!!!!

Cam: Artemus, we should then meet you at the Contemporary Fine Arts Gallery at let’s say around 9:00?

Artemus Gordon: Sounds good!!!!

Cam: Jim, we’ll meet you at Old Town around 10:30-11:00 sound okay?

Jim West: Sounds good to me!!!!

Cam: Awesome!!!!  We’ll then eat lunch between 12:00 and 1:00, and we’ll got to Balboa Park and meet up with Haji between 1:30 and 2:00!!!

Haji: Sounds like a plan!!!!

Cam: PERFECT!!!!  Leaves enough time to leave around 3:30 to make it for mass at the mission at 4:30, and leaves us enough time to freshen up at the hotel, and enjoy a nice dinner at Hotel Del Coronado!!!

Rami: And Toby and I will end it in the Glasslamp Quarter.

Cam: Boo &……….

Wendy: YEAH!!!!

Cam and Wendy then high five each other for a plan well laid out.

Wendy: I so can’t wait for tomorrow!!!!

Cam: Neither can I!!!!!  You’re really gonna love what San Diego has to offer!!!!

Wendy: I know I will!!!

Cam: Well, you guys have a good night, and if ever any of you need anything, you know where and how to reach me!!!

Cam and Wendy then bid the rest of the guys good night before they branch off and go their separate way.

Wendy: Hey Cam, do you mind if we actually see the ocean for a little bit?

Cam: I was actually thinking the same thing!!!!

Wendy: YAY!!!!

Cam: Great minds think alike as they always say!!!!

Wendy: MMHMMM!!!!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UqyZRUXWs9M

Cam and Wendy make their way onto a gold course just in front of the ocean before they sit down and enjoy the view.

Wendy: OH MY GOSH, OH MY GOSH, OH MY GOSH!!!!!!

Cam: It’s very peaceful at night.

Wendy: It sure is, and so beautiful!!!  Your world is even more beautiful than I imagined, and I love it so much so far!!!!

Cam: Well, as much as you wanted to come visit my world, I also wanted you to come visit my world too.

Wendy: REALLY????!!!!!

Cam: Absolutely!!!!  You’re my best friend, and not being able to share the best parts of my world with my best friend were kind of pointless……………..but at long last I can finally share my favorite sections of my world with my best friend, and that is of course you Wendy……..

Wendy: *BLUSHES BRIGHT PINK AND SMILES*  That means so much to me Cam!!!!  You know it’s always been a dream of mine to visit your world ever since I met you.

Cam: And it’s been a dream of mine to show you my world ever since I met you.

Cam then remembers something important.

Cam: Oh, before I forget……………

Wendy: hmm?

Cam gets out his item storage gun, opens it up and selects the beautiful red rose and box of chocolates before handing them to Wendy.

Cam: Happy Valentine’s Day Wendy.

A few tears pour down Wendy’s face as she grabs the rose and box of chocolate before wrapping her arms around Cam in a tight hug, and giving him a gentle kiss on the cheek.

Wendy: AWWWWWWWWWWWW, CAM YOU ARE SO SWEET!!!!! THANK YOU SO MUCH CAM!!!!  This is the best Valentine’s Day ever!!!!

Cam: I’m glad I’m not the only one who feels that way!!!!

Wendy grabs Cam’s hold and holds it close to her heart in turn causing both her's and Cam's Royal Amulets on the back of their hands to glow brightly as a sign of their bond.

Wendy: No matter what happens, we’ll always be best friends!!!!

Cam: And that will never change!!!!

Wendy: And that’s a promise!!!!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D6QslGO9XKs

Cam then notices a shooting star shoot across the sky.

Cam: WOAH!!!!!

Wendy: What is it Cam?

Cam: I just saw a shooting star!!!!

Wendy: OH MY GOSH, THAT’S AWESOME!!!!!

Wendy then sees a shooting star too.

Wendy: WOW, I JUST SAW ONE TOO!!!!

Cam: AWESOME!!!!

More shooting stars shoot across the sky.

Cam & Wendy: WOW!!!!!!

Cam: Talk about being in the right place at the right time!!!!!

Wendy: I KNOW RIGHT????!!!!! *Giggles*

Cam: I don’t remember the last time I’ve witnessed a meteor shower like this.

Wendy: I’ve never seen one before in my life, so this is amazing!!!!

Cam: WOW!!!!!  I am so glad you are getting to experience it here for the first time!!!!

Wendy: Me too!!!!  However, do you think it’s true if you make a wish under a shooting star that it comes true?

Cam: I never tried it, but no reason it shouldn’t.

Wendy: Okay, I’ll give it a try.

As a star shoots across the sky, Wendy closes her eyes and makes a wish.

Wendy: (I wish to always be by Cam’s side in this life and the next!!!!  I wish for us to become a couple, get married, have kids, grow old, and die together!!!!  That is my wish!!!!!  For us to always be together!!!!! In good times, in bad times, happy times, and sad times!!!! I want us to argue together, I want us to comfort each other, I want us to hold each other, and I want us to spend the rest of our lives together. I want us to always be together until death do us part!!!! That is my wish!!!!)

At the same time Cam also makes a wish as a star shoots across the sky.

Cam: (I wish to always protect Wendy as long as I live.  I wish to always protect her from danger, to protect her from someone who would try to hurt her, to protect her from someone who would make her cry, to protect her from suffering the same fate as my soldiers did in the war, and to always keep her out of harm’s way even if it costs me my life!!!!!  To always protect her no matter what happens!!!!)

Wendy gently leans in to give Cam a gentle kiss on the lips when…………..

Cam: OOOOOOWWWWWWW!!!!!!  

Cam gets hit in the face by a flying object.

Wendy: OH MY GOSH, CAM ARE YOU OKAY????!!!!

Cam: Yeah, but what the heck was that????....................

Wendy: A golf ball?????!!!!!  

Cam: Who the heck would be playing golf at this time of night????!!!!!

Another golf ball comes flying their way, but this time Cam catches it.

Cam: I don’t know how or why, but it seems that someone has decided to play a last round of golf at this time of night for some strange reason, so best we head back to our room.

Wendy: Yeah, good idea.  (AWWWWWWWWW MAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAANNNNN!!!!! )


To Be Continued……………….

Chapter 26

An Awful Truth Behind All Of It

Later on that night, Cam finds himself caught in a nightmare reliving that fateful night of the awful attack………………

Troy: CAMARO, DO YOU HEAR THAT????!!!!

Cam: YES I DO; IT’S AN AMBUSH AIR RAID ATTACK!!!!!  EVERYBODY WAKE UP!!!!!
OUT OF BED, OUT OF BED!!!!!  ALL OF YOU GET OUT OF BED AND GET OUT OF HERE!!!!!  IT’S AN AMBUSH AIR RAID ATTACK HEADING OUR WAY!!!!

Troy: EVERYONE GET UP!!!!  THIS IS A LIFE OR DEATH EMERGENCY!!!!!!

Sargent Hawkeye: Captain Von Ludwig, what’s with all the racket?

Dante: Yeah man, get back to sleep!!!!

Josh: You’re just hearing things dude…………..

Cam: I AM NOT JUST HEARING THINGS!!!!!  THIS IS AN ACTUAL…………….

Before Cam could finish his sentence, the barrack is blown up by an air raid attack from the enemy confederate army.
Both Sargent Hawkeye and Dante explode from enemy missiles right in front of Cam’s face as their blood splatters all over him.  He then hears the voice of his friend Josh screaming in pain for help after losing an eye.

Josh: *SCREAMS IN AGONY* AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!  SOMEONE PLEASE HELP ME!!!!!!!!!!!

Cam: EVERYONE GET OUT OF HERE!!!!!  GET OUT, GET OUT, GET OUT!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!  SAVE YOURSELVES!!!!!!  I'LL TAKE OF JOSH!!!!!  JUST GET OUT OF HERE!!!!!!!!!

Cam immediately wakes up back in the current time in the bed of his hotel room in La Jolla before he rolls out of bed and hits his head on the nightstand.

Cam: WAHTT!!!!...................OWWWWWWWWW!!!!!  Oh Flyin Fucken Shit!!!!!!

Then out of nowhere, Cam feels VERY sick to his stomach.

Cam: OH NO, IT’S HAPPENING AGAIN!!!!!

Cam rushes to the bathroom, throws the door open to the separate water closet, lifts up the toilet seat, and immediately throws up.  The nightmare of witnessing his soldiers die in front of him, makes him so sick that he can’t wake up without this happening.
The coughing and purging coming from the bathroom is so loud that it’s enough to wake up Wendy.

Wendy: *Yawns* Cam, get back to sleep, don’t you know it’s?

Wendy then notices that Cam is not next to her.

Wendy: Cam where are you?

Wendy then sees the bathroom light on from under the door and hears all the loud purging and coughing.

Wendy: OH MY GOSH!!!!

Wendy jumps out of bed, but as she attempts to rush to Cam’s side………

Wendy: *BLUSHES BRIGHT PINK & SCREAMS*  AAAAAHHHHHH!!!!!!
OH MY GOSH, I CAN’T HAVE HIM SEE ME LIKE THIS!!!!!

Wendy notices that Cam’s dragon’s T-Shirt doesn’t cover her as much as it used to as she can see some of her light blue panties showing.

Wendy: I REALLY HAVE GROWN A LITTLE, HAVEN’T I???!!!!

Wendy grabs her black pleated mini skirt, and zips it on before rushing to the bathroom where she finds Cam throwing up.

Wendy: OH MY GOSH; CAM ARE YOU OKAY???!!!!  SAY SOMETHING!!!!!

Unfortunately Cam keeps coughing and purging causing Wendy to worry as she hugs him from behind…………

Wendy: CAM………………..

The more Cam tries to stop, the more vomit keeps purging out of his mouth, and it’s not long until Cam soon starts feeling light headed…………

Wendy: CAM; HOLD ON!!!!!!

After a good 25 minutes of coughing and purging, the vomiting subsides, and slowly comes to a stop.

Wendy: Oh my gosh; are you okay?

Cam: It happened again………….

Wendy: What happened Cam?  Please tell me………

Cam: WENDY???!!!!!  Did I wake you up?  OH CRUD; I’M SORRY!!!!

Wendy: Don’t worry about it!!!!!  I’m more worried about you!!!!  You were hurling for the passed 20 minutes………………..

Cam: Has it been that long?

Wendy: Yes, and I’m very worried about you Cam……….

Cam: I’m so sorry Wendy!!!!

Wendy: Don’t worry about it, just don’t push yourself, okay?

Cam: This isn’t the first time this has happened, and probably won’t be the last………

Wendy: What are you saying? CAM, YOU’RE NOT BULIMIC ARE YOU?

Cam: I’m not, but the problem is just as serious……………….

Wendy: OH MY GOSH!!!!

Cam: It’s not as black and white as that unfortunately…………….it’s more traumatic than that………………..

Wendy: Then what is it?  Please tell me about it because you know you can always talk to me about anything!!!!  We’re best friends aren’t we?  We always tell each other everything. PLEASE TELL ME!!!!!  I AM VERY WORRIED ABOUT YOU!!!!

Cam: I’ve kept this bottled up for too long, and as my best friend you have a right to know.  But first if you don’t mind, I’d like to get the horrible taste of vomit out of my mouth.

Wendy: Of course, and if you don't mind, I'll do the same.

Cam and Wendy then immediately set to work on brushing their teeth. After brushing however, Cam is constantly and repeatedly rinsing his mouth out with mouthwash to get rid of the horrible taste of vomit out of his mouth.  After a good 10 minutes, the horrible taste is gone, as Cam rinses his mouth for the final time.

Cam: FINALLY!!!!

Wendy: Feeling better?

Cam: A little thanks.

Cam and Wendy then make their way back to the bedroom, and sit down side by side on the bed. Wendy then grabs Cam's hand and holds it tightly in both of hers and she looks worriedly into his eyes.

Wendy: Please tell me what that was about…………..

Cam: Well, when Princess Erika called me earlier this evening, she told me that she told you, Chelia, Carla, and the rest of the girls what had happened while I was in the Air Force, including the part when 2 soldiers on my squadron died on my watch………

Wendy: Yes she did!!!!  I needed to know why you were being so reckless, and Erika along with everyone else was getting tired of us fighting, and so she told me………….

Cam: Did she tell you the extent of how bad it was?

Wendy: Not really………......she didn't go into details.........she just told me that it was why you were being so reckless

Cam: She’s very lucky that she wasn’t part of it………….*sighs*..........I will tell you that being in the Air Force is not for the faint of heart…………..to tell you the truth, Troy and I never wanted to join the military; it wasn’t our choice.  We tried almost EVERY trick in the book to get out of it.  We tried hiring the best attorneys, and even went as far to state the fact that we’re both on the Autistic Spectrum.  But no matter how hard we tried, nothing worked………….the Union Air Force was so desperate that they were drafting almost anyone and EVERYONE physically able to join in and fight.
We had no choice but to join, and we were assigned to the Air Force Division.
After a year of being in the Air Force, and several months after my promotion to the rank of Captain, we were temporarily based on a field in Gettysburg, Pennsylvania.

Wendy: Oh............

Cam: Those who have lived in the US long enough know that Gettysburg, Pennsylvania has been the site of so much blood shed from so many people dying in the First Civil War back in 1864.  However that blood shed would only increase with the second Civil War nearly 200 years later, and it did so that fateful night when it all happened………………

Wendy: What happened?

Cam: All of us were fast asleep, however Troy and I only dosed off a little bit, but for some strange reason, neither of us could go completely to sleep.
Because of our sharp and sensitive hearing, we hear a missile being dropped from a fighter jet thousands of feet above us, and plummeting towards our campsite.
This immediately got us out of bed, and we woke up EVERYONE in barrack.  Troy and I knew it was an ambush air raid attack, but no one took us seriously until it was almost too late……………….
Multiple missiles hit our campsite, just as Troy and I predicted thanks to our hearing, and multiple people were killed………………both Sargent Hawkeye, my second officer in command of my squadron, along with Troy’s and my dear friend Dante, were both blown up right in front of my eyes…………….

Wendy gasps and covers her mouth as tears pour down her face.

Cam: You actually met Dante when Troy pulled that stunt of a concert after you and Chelia performed as The Sky Sisters on Main Street's Hub 3 years ago...........

Wendy: OH MY GOSH, I REMEMBER HIM!!!!!  I NEVER THOUGHT THAT HE WOULD DIE SO SOON.................


Cam: I LITERALLY watched both of their bodies explode right in front of me as their blood splattered ALL OVER me.  I was LITERALLY COVERED in their blood from head to toe..............
I knew at that moment, I had to run and save myself because if I didn’t, I was going to be next, but then I hear the screaming of my fellow soldier Josh, who had just lost an eye from the blast.  
I waste no time in dragging his body out of the barrack, and getting him away from the campsite. I am the last person to leave the burning barrack before it completely irrupts into flames and explodes.  Even though saving my soldier nearly cost me my life, I was not willing to see another one of my soldiers die on my watch in front of me.
Fortunately, Sargent Hawkeye and Dante were the only 2 fatalities on my squadron because Troy, and I heard the missiles coming LONG before they hit, and everyone else on my squadron acted as fast as they did despite the fact they didn't take it seriously at first.
When an attack like this happens, and you witness your comrades getting killed in front of you, you can’t show your emotions because not only do you not have time, but also because everyone on your squadron depends on you, and you need to be strong for them.  In the Military showing emotions is a sign of weakness, and as a Captain during a life or death moment, if you show weakness or vulnerability then all order goes out the window.
Once after everyone is brought to safety, and Josh is air lifted to a hospital in Philadelphia; all of us fight back.  We all get in our fighter jets, and shoot down all of their fighters one by one.  The enemy soldiers are then apprehended, and imprisoned under our custody.  In fact they still are serving hard time behind bars to this day!!!   It was a short victory for us, but it couldn’t reverse the damage that had been done………………
It wasn’t until after we apprehended the enemy soldiers that bombed our camp when it all hit……………..that’s when it really hit me…………………and it hit me like a raging freight train going over 100 miles an hour.

The tears soon start pouring out of Cam’s eyes………….

Cam: Sargent Hawkeye and Dante died on my watch……………..ON MY WATCH RIGHT IN FRONT OF ME!!!!!!  AND I LET IT HAPPEN!!!!!!
I was so weak and pathetic………………..I LET 2 OF MY SOLDIERS ON MY SQUADRON DIE, AND DID ABSOLUTELY NOTHING TO STOP IT!!!!!!  
Sargent Hawkeye was ONLY 21-years-old, and was the youngest person to ever rank Sargent on a squadron!!!  Dante; although older than Troy and I by 2 years, was ONLY 26, and still had a long life ahead of him……………….....
He was happily engaged, and was ready to start a family!!!!!  HIS WEDDING WAS SCHEDULED FOR MAY OF 2021.............MAY OF THIS YEAR!!!!!
YET I LET THEM DIE WHEN THEY BOTH HAD LONG LIVES TO LIVE!!!!  I AM SUCH A PATHETIC IDIOT!!!!!................................

Wendy: CAM; THAT IS NOT TRUE!!!!

Cam: Night after night for almost a year, I wake up from this horrible nightmare of what happened on that fateful night last year…………………night after night I find myself feeling sick to my firebox throwing up and purging……………..because just the site of the bodies of my soldiers exploding right in front of my eyes, and their blood shed going all over me is something that has haunted since that fateful night………………………..
Since then I have become very depressed, and for this very reason, I have lost my appetite……………….and for a time I had even lost the will to live…………………

Hearing this causes the tears to pour down Wendy's face even more, for she had felt terrible that her best friend had suffered so bad to the point of losing the will to live. It made her feel helpless and wish she was by his side to help him when he needed it.

Cam: Just seeing a full meal makes me sick to my firebox because of what I had witnessed right in front of me that fateful night, and I let it happen………………..As a Captain, I had a responsibility to protect EVERYONE on my squadron……………….As a Captain, I was responsible for their lives, and I let em down!!!!!  I had failed my squadron when I could have done so much more to protect em………………….time and time again I wish it was me that had died that night, and not them………….......

Wendy: CAM DON’T SAY THAT!!!!!!!!

Cam: I WOULD DO ANYTHING TO TAKE THEIR PLACE, BUT I WAS TOO WEAK!!!!!!!

Hearing this causes Wendy to slap Cam in the face with a VERY LOUD and HARD............

SMMMMMMMMMAAAAAAAAAAAAAACCCCCCCCCCCCCKKKKKKKKK!!!!!!!!!

Wendy: DON’T YOU EVER SAY A THING LIKE THAT!!!!!!  

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T6KJwgUQvVc

The tears continue to pour down Cam's face as he gasps and sees the tears continue to pour down Wendy's face.
Wendy then immediately wraps her arms around Cam as she witnesses him crying his eyes out for the very first time, and sees the more sensitive side to him that she had never seen before in her life…………..

Wendy: You are my best friend Cam, and you always will be............I am just so sorry that I was so mean to you when I should have been more understanding of why you were being so reckless, and now it all makes sense................

More tears pour down Wendy’s face for the thought of losing Cam was too painful for her to bare.

Wendy: CAM YOU POOR THING; I'M SO SORRY YOU WENT THROUGH ALL THAT, I REALLY AM, BUT PLEASE KNOW THAT YOU ARE MY BEST FRIEND; AND YOU MEAN SO MUCH TO ME SO DON'T EVER SAY A THING LIKE THAT EVER AGAIN!!!!!

Cam: I am so pathetic…………………I am so weak and pathetic……………….

Wendy: NO YOU ARE NOT CAM!!!!!  THAT IS NOT TRUE!!!!!!  YOU'RE THE BRAVEST AND TOUGHEST PERSON I KNOW, AND I MEAN THAT!!!!!

Cam: I let the deaths of 2 of my soldiers happen when I could have done something to save them……………….

Wendy: You shouldn’t think like that!!!!!  Because I’m sure they wouldn’t want you to think that!!!!!  You must believe me when I say this, but Cam, you are the bravest person I know………………..when we fought alongside together 3 years ago, I knew I had nothing to be afraid of because of you!!!!  I had you by my side to keep me safe!!!!
I was not scared of any of the Koopalings, or King Drago and Queen Xayide because of you!!!!!  I was able to face my fears and fight that giant monster bird because of you!!!!  And you know what, when that monster bird came in and attacked me, you saved me at the very last second!!!!  Same thing when that giant snake Molgera tried to attack me, you saved me!!!!  I am still alive because you protected me.  I know I was mean to you, but despite that, you still protected me, and that says a lot!!!!
After both the Butt Jiggle Gang and Sylph Labyrinth captured me, you rescued and protected me, and now I’m safe because of you!!!!
You have also protected Chelia, Carla, and the rest of the girls too!!!!  None of us can thank you enough Cam.  That’s why I promise to always be there by your side and fight alongside you……………..I am so very proud of you Cam!  REALLY!!!!  You have no idea of how proud I am of you!!!!
So please, don’t ever blame yourself for the deaths of your friends because I’m sure they wouldn’t want that!!!!!  It breaks my heart to see you like this, and I wish I was there to help you back then.  You have no idea how bad I feel for not being there for you when I should have!!!!  But I am here now, and I am not leaving you!!!!!  I will always be here for you, and that’s a promise I intend to keep!!!!  I will always be here for you until the day I die!!!!  It's a promise we made in our vow, and I AM NEVER BREAKING IT EVER AGAIN!!!!!

Cam: The moment I heard about King Helmaroc attacking the Town Of Beginnings, my heart sank…………and that was when I realized that I may have failed my squadron, but I was not going to let that happen again after Herbie honked the SOS.....…………..I promised that I wouldn’t fail you or anyone else as long as I live.   And if anyone was to die; it would only be me.

Wendy: CAM, PLEASE DON’T EVER SAY THAT AGAIN!!!!!!

More tears pour down Wendy’s face.

Wendy: I JUST GOT YOU BACK AND I DON’T EVER WANT TO LOSE YOU AGAIN!!!!  YOU ARE MY BEST FRIEND, AND I CAN’T LIVE WITHOUT YOU!!!!!!

As more tears pour down Wendy’s face, they continue to pour down Cam’s face too.

Cam: I may have been pathetic and weak, but I promise that I WILL ALWAYS PROTECT YOU UNTIL THE VERY END!!!!!  You are my best friend, and I promise that you WILL NOT suffer the same fate that my 2 soldiers on squadron did on that fateful night!!!!!

Wendy: I PROMISE THAT WILL NEVER HAPPEN BECAUSE I HAVE YOU!!!!  You have protected me since you came back, and I know I can always count on you to protect me no matter what.

Cam: And I promise to never fail you………….

Wendy: I know you won’t Cam; I know you won’t……………

Cam: I’m so sorry that you had to see me like this………………

Wendy: No it’s okay!!!!  I’m glad you’re telling me all of this because now I understand, and it all makes sense now!!!  So it’s okay!!!  I’m only sorry that I didn’t catch on sooner.  But I promise to always try to understand you when something is wrong.  Just promise me you won’t push yourself okay?

Wendy holds Cam close to her heart, gently strokes his face, and wipes his tears.

Wendy: You have always been there for me when I needed you, so it’s time I return the favor. This is for all the times you've held me in your arms and dried my tears whenever I'd cry. Now please, let me dry your tears just this once, okay?

Cam: Thank you for understanding…………..

Wendy: Of course, what are best friends for?
You are the best friend I've ever had Cam, and I really care about you..............if I were to lose you I'd be broken hearted forever....................

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F2Ua18tpHis

Wendy then casts a healing spell on Cam as he slowly drifts back to sleep.  She then lays Cam on her chest and drapes her arms over Cam’s chest before she gently strokes Cam’s face.

Wendy: It's going to be okay Cam, I promise.............I'll always be by your side from here on............

Cam: And I promise I'll never leave you again...............

Wendy: I know you won't!!!

Wendy then gives Cam a gentle kiss on the forehead.

Wendy: Sweet dreams Cam………..you mean so much to me…………more than you could ever know……………….and know that I am always here for you…………..(Because Cam I..............I Love you with all my heart).................

Slowly but surely, Wendy drifts back off to sleep.  Neither Cam nor Wendy wake up for the remainder of the night now that Cam has at long last been able to get rid of excess baggage off his chest that he had been holding onto for far too long.
A beautiful new day awaits our friends as the sunrises above the beautiful seaside town of La Jolla.


To Be Continued…………………

Chapter 27

Exploring Beautiful San Diego

Early the next morning Herbie turns over his engine before he shifts his transmission into gear, drives out of a near by parking garage, back out onto the street, makes his way onto Prospect Street, and parks at the curb just in front of La Valencia as Cam and Wendy make their way out of the hotel’s entrance.
Sure enough Wendy was wearing her cute Green flowery skirted 3 piece tankini swimsuit, while Cam was looking over the schedule on his phone.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wXtUqB2lHqQ

Cam: Alrighty, It’s 8:00-O-Clock, so I’d say we have a good hour to hour and a half to enjoy the beach.

Wendy: That sounds perfect!!!!  It’s just a shame that you didn’t bring a bathing suit because I feel bad that you can’t go swimming.

Cam: I’m not a fan of the rough swells out here, so I don’t really recommend swimming in some of the beaches out here, but if you wanted to put your feet in the water, I don’t see why not.

Wendy: Okay!!!!  I’ll play it by ear, and if the waves are too rough for me to handle, I won’t go in.  I trust your judgment.

Cam: I know you do.

Wendy: GOOD MORNING HERBIE!!!!

Herbie: BEEP, BEEP!!!!

Wendy runs up to Herbie and gives him a big hug on the bonnet.

Wendy: Did you sleep well??

Herbie: BEEP, BEEP!!!!

Wendy: THAT’S GREAT!!!!  We kinda had a rough night………….

Cam: *BLUSHES DARK RED* WAHTT!!!! Be careful how you word that, or people may get the wrong idea!!!

Wendy: *BLUSHES BRIGHT PINK & GIGGLES* OOPS!!!!!! *Giggles* Don't worry, It wasn’t anything like that, I mean, we both kinda had trouble sleeping because Cam got sick.

Cam: But we slept very well after I started feeling better.

Wendy: Yeah, that’s right!!!!  So don't worry, it wasn't anything you or the girls would disapprove of!!!

Valet Parking Attendant: Good Morning Master Von Ludwig, would you like me to……….OH…….someone already brought your car here!!!!!

Cam: Yes please, we will be needing the car.

Valet Parking Attendant: Very well Sir!!!!

The Valet Parking Attendant hands Cam the keys to Herbie, and Cam gives the attendant a $10 dollar tip.

Cam: Thank you very much!!!  Much obliged!!!

Valet Parking Attendant: No problem Sir!!!!  Would you like any directions for anything?

Cam: Yes, we’re heading to the La Jolla Shores Beach and Cove.  How far away is it from here?

Valet Parking Attendant: Not far at all Sir.  Just make a right at the light, and follow the road.  It’ll take you straight down to the beach.

Cam: Thank you very much!!!!

Valet Parking Attendant: No problem Sir!!!  You 2 have a wonderful day!!!

Wendy: Thank you so much!!!  You too!!!!

Herbie then opens his doors before Cam and Wendy hop in.

Wendy: Thank you Herbie!!!

Cam: Alrighty Herbie, the beach ain’t far from here.  Just make a right and follow the road; we should be there in no time!!!

Wendy: Yeah!!!

Cam depresses the clutch and shifts into Reverse before Herbie backs away from the curb.  Cam then depresses the clutch again, shifts into first gear, and Herbie drives down the block.

Wendy: Hey Cam, are you feeling better?

Cam: A lot actually; thanks to you!!!

Wendy: That’s great, I’m so glad!!!!!

Cam: I’ve bottled up my problems for far too long, and needed to get them off me.

Wendy: And that’s okay!!!!  

Cam: I need to be honest; being in the Union Air Force shook me up WAY more than I’d like to admit!!!!  So much to the point that I ran away from my problems like a coward because of my stubbornness and ignorance.
I was such a fool to run from my problems and not tell anyone of how the attack that happened that fateful night last year really made me feel.  I should have been more open and honest about it, especially with you.  I now realize that running away from the truth never goes well.

Wendy: Hey, it’s okay!!!  We all let our stubbornness get the better of us sometimes.  You’ve been through a lot, and I can’t imagine how painful it must have been for you all this time.  But please know that you can always talk to me about anything, and I promise to always hear you out.

Cam: That is probably the worst you have ever seen me..........and I'm sorry!!!

Wendy: Na-ah!!!  Don't be!!!  You have no need to apologize Cam!!!  It's okay!!!  I completely understand!!!  However I was gonna say, that was the first time I've ever seen you cry................

Cam: Yeah, so I wasn't lying when I told you that I'm a cryer.............

Wendy: It was actually kinda comforting because now I don't feel so bad for being such a crybaby...................as much as it broke my heart to see you cry, I don't feel so alone anymore.

Cam: The more we get to know each other, the more we find out how much alike we really are!!!

Wendy: Yeah, and it really makes me happy!!!

Cam: Thank you very much for understanding Wendy.

Wendy: Of course!!!  You’re my best friend, and I’m always gonna be here for you!!!!!
And no matter what happens, you’ll always be my best friend.

Cam: And you’ll always be mine.

Wendy: You have no idea how happy I am to be here with you in your world.  I still can’t believe it.  Your world is more beautiful than I ever imagined.

Cam: The San Diego area is one of the most beautiful coastal areas in all of California, and I can never get enough of it.

Wendy: I can see why!!!!

Cam: I also don’t mean to sound too forward, but I think you look really cute in your bathing suit.

Wendy: *BLUSHES BRIGHT PINK & GIGGLES* Thank you Cam, that means a lot!!!! I think it's so cute!!!!

Wendy gives Cam a gentle kiss on the cheek as Herbie follows the main road leading to the beach.

Wendy: WOW!!!!  I still can’t get enough of the view of the ocean.

Cam: Neither can I.

Herbie then lowers his windows and opens his ragtop moon roof.

Cam: Thanks Herrrrrrrrrrbiiiiiiieeeeeeeeeeeeee????!!!!!!!!  WOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!!!

Wendy: AAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!

Herbie drives up over the curb of the sidewalk before he drives down a sand mount, and makes his way down onto the beach.

Cam: Herbie if you’re gonna drive right onto the beach, a little heads up would be highly appreciated!!!!

Wendy: Yeah, I’m with Cam on this Herbie!!!

Herbie: BEEP, BEEEP!!!!

Herbie soon comes to a stop on the beach before he opens his doors when he notices the various seagulls flying above making him feel very uncomfortable.

Cam: Thanks Herbie!!!!  You dropped us off in a good location!!!!

Wendy: Yeah, nice find Herbie!!!

Once Cam and Wendy exit his Cabin, Herbie begins chasing after the seagulls.

Cam: OH BOY; I hope he doesn’t give those poor seagulls too much of a headache.

Wendy: *Giggles* It’s kinda cute actually!!!!  

Wendy kicks off her sandals, and makes mad dash for the water, and jumps in, but after she jumps in.........…

Wendy: *SCREAMS* AAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!!!!  OH MY GOSH; THAT’S COLD!!!!!!

Wendy immediately runs out of the water and back onto dry land.

Cam: Although the forecast states 71 degrees, we’re still kinda in Winter at the moment.

Wendy: I should have asked Erika for a temperature adapting bathing suit!!!!

Cam: Hey, no worries, at least now you know.  But since we’re here we might as well still enjoy the beach.

Wendy: Yeah, you’re right!!!

Cam: We can explore some of the caves if you’d like?

Wendy: Sure, that sounds like a great idea!!!!

Before Cam and Wendy go off to explore the near by caves, Herbie continues chasing the seagulls.

Herbie: BEEEEEEP, BEEEEEEP!!!!!!  BEEEEEEEEEP, BEEEEEEEEEEP, BEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEP!!!!!!!!!!

Cam: Herbie????...............

Wendy: It’ll be okay!!!!  Now come on let’s go explore!!!!

Cam: Try to stay out of trouble Herbie!!!!!

Herbie: BEEEEEP, BEEEEEP!!!!!!!  BEEEEEP, BEEEEEEEEP, BEEEEEEEEEEEP!!!!!!

Herbie continues chasing the seagulls as Cam and Wendy make their way into the near by sea caves.

Wendy: WOW!!!!!  THESE CAVES ARE SO COOL!!!!!

Cam: It’s hard to believe that the constant crashing of the waves for hundreds and thousands of years causes these beautiful sea caves to form.

Wendy: OH MY GOSH, THAT’S SO AMAZING!!!!!

Cam: It is.  And it wasn't all that long ago when all of this including our tall mountains you see were all part of an ocean floor thousands of feet under water.

Wendy: There is so much in your world that I wish existed in mine.  I’ve never seen an ocean or sea caves until I came here!!!!  I mean this is so amazing!!!!
However I can see what you mean by the waves being a little too violent for swimming.  Now that I see it, I don’t feel too comfortable swimming with this kind of current.

Cam: Neither do I, and believe it or not, neither does Erika, and she’s a VERY strong swimmer, but during the summer months, there are snorkel and diving tours done a little further out where the water current is more gentle, so next time you come visit, we can keep that option available.

Wendy: That sounds great!!!!

Cam: Well, it’s almost 9:00, so let’s rejoin Herbie, and meet up with Artemus.

Wendy: Okay!!!!

However Herbie is still honking his horn loudly while chasing seagulls.

Wendy: And he’s still at it.

Cam: Most likely because he doesn’t want them crapping on him and ruining his paint.

Wendy: *Giggles* Never thought of that, but it makes sense!!!!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kqJfiKW6rKQ

Herbie: BEEEEP, BEEEEP, BEEEEP, BEEEEEEP, BEEEEEP!!!!!!!!

As Cam and Wendy make their way over to Herbie, Herbie drives right into the ocean, and accidentally splashes water ALL OVER both Cam and Wendy.

Wendy: *SCREAMS* AAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!!!!!  OH MY GOSH THAT IS REALLY COLD!!!!!!

Cam: ALRIGHT, THAT’S IT; THIS ENDS NOW HERBIE!!!!

Herbie: BEEEEEEP, BEEEEEEEEP, BEEEEEEEEP!!!!! BEEEEEEP, BEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEP!!!!!!!!

Wendy: HERBIE, PLEASE STOP!!!!  THAT’S ENOUGH NOW!!!!!

Cam: HERBIE, IF YOU KEEP THIS UP; I’LL GIVE YOU SOMETHING TO SHAKE ABOUT!!!!

Herbie: BEEEEEP, BEEEEEP, BEEEEEP!!!!!!!

Cam: CAN YOU JUST LEAVE THE DOG GONE SEAGULLS ALONE ALREADY?????!!!!!!

Wendy: I wish that car would listen!!!!

Cam: You and me both!!!!

Wendy: HERBIE, PLEASE STOP!!!!!!!!

This goes on and on and on until both Cam and Wendy get fed up.

Cam & Wendy: HERBIE!!!!!!  THIS ENDS NOW!!!!!

With that, Herbie stops chasing the seagulls, and opens his doors.

Cam: FINALLY!!!!!

Wendy: I thought he’d never stop!!!!

Cam: Now I’m Brian Hearthed no thanks to him!!!!

Wendy: Me too, and I’M FREEZING!!!!

Cam gets out his item storage gun, opens up his item storage, and selects his plated vest.

Cam: Here you go Wendy.

Cam then gently places his vest on Wendy’s shoulders to help keep her warm.

Wendy: *BLUSHES BRIGHT PINK* OH, THANKS SO MUCH CAM!!!!

Cam: Of course!!!!  If you continue to feel cold, please let me know.

Wendy: Na-ah; This is perfect!!!  Thank you so much!!!!

Cam and Wendy then hop back into Herbie’s cabin, and Herbie soon drives off of the beach, and makes his way back onto the main road.

Cam: Alrighty, The Contemporary Fine Arts Gallery shouldn’t be too far from here…………….

Wendy: There it is!!!!

Cam: There’s Artemus, and perfect timing since it’s 9:00 a.m. on the dot!!!!

Wendy: Perfect!!!!

Herbie then rotates both his front and rear axles sideways, parallel parks just in front of The Contemporary Fine Arts Gallery before opening his doors, and letting Cam and Wendy exit his cabin.

Artemus Gordon: Hey guys!!!

Cam: Good morning Artemus?

Wendy: Sleep well?

Artemus Gordon: Jim and I slept alright, how about you guys?

Cam: Bit of a rough night since I woke up sick, but I’m doing better.

Wendy: It’s a long story, but everything’s okay now.

Artemus Gordon: I’m sorry to hear that, but I’m glad you’re alright.  How was the beach?

Wendy: The water was a little too cold for swimming, but we saw some awesome caves.

Cam: Yeah, the California Coastline is full of amazing ocean caves, and the ones here are VERY impressive.

Wendy: Yeah!!!!

Cam: I’ve been here a couple times at night, and although I’m not really into art, the pictures and paintings in here are very impressive.

Artemus Gordon: Awesome, I can’t wait to check em out!!!

Wendy: Me too!!!

Cam: If I rember Herbie, you’re old friend Roddy Martel was an artist.

Herbie: BEEEEEEEEEEP!!!

Wendy: I take it you miss him, don’t you?

Herbie: Beeeeeeeeeep!!!!

Cam gives Herbie a gentle pat on the fender as Wendy gently hugs him on the bonnet.

Cam: I hope you get the chance to see him again later on down the line.

Wendy: Yeah!!!  It can happen!!!!

Herbie: Beep, Beep!!!!

Wendy then gives Herbie a gentle kiss on the bonnet.

Wendy: It’ll be okay, I’m sure he misses you too!!!

Cam: We shouldn’t be too long.

Wendy: Yeah!!!

Herbie: Beep, Beep!!!

Cam: See you in a few Herbie!!!

Wendy: Okay, let’s go!!!

Artemus Gordon: Alright!!!!

Cam, Wendy, and Artemus then enter the gallery and have a good look around.  Artemus is completely blown away at all the various paintings and sculptures, while Wendy’s more blown away by the various photographs of the beautiful California Coastline.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SLKHx1yWg5o

Artemus Gordon: INCREDIBLE!!!!!

Wendy: WOW!!!!!

Artemus Gordon: THESE ARE AMAZING!!!!!

Wendy: I KNOW RIGHT!!!!  Just look at these pictures, and the locations!!!! I mean, OH WOW!!!!  They’re so beautiful!!!!

Cam: I will admit they are beautiful.

Wendy: I ESPECIALLY love these pictures of the ocean!!!!

Artemus Gordon: The paintings of the Pacific Ocean are just stunning!!!!!

Wendy: LOOK AT THIS ONE!!!!

Cam: That is gorgeous!!!!

Wendy: I KNOW RIGHT???!!!!!  This would look so beautiful back in our castle!!!!

Cam: Now that I think about it, it actually would!!!!  Especially in the……….

Wendy: Second floor living room????!!!!

Cam: That’s what I was thinking!!!!

Wendy: NO WAY!!!!!

Cam: Great minds do think alike!!!!

Wendy: I also like this one too!!!!

Cam: That’s Highway 1 in up in Big Sur!!!!!!

Wendy: How do you know?  Have you actually been there??

Cam: Yes!!!!  Driven that highway a couple of times, and MY GOD, it’s AMAZING!!!!

Wendy: OH WOW!!!!!!  The more I see this, the more I fall in love with your world.

Cam: California is a state unlike any other with so much history, natural beauty, and excitement, so it has a little bit of everything.

Wendy: I’m really thinking about moving here!!!!  There is so much I can learn!!!!

Cam: No need to rush, but as I said before, if it’s REALLY what you want then I have no objections.

Wendy: And that makes me so happy!!!!  I sure wish Carla and Chelia could see this!!!!

Cam: And there’s even more for us too see!!!  Speaking of which, Jim West should be expecting us in Old Town San Diego soon, and there’s even more to see in Old Town.

Wendy: I can’t wait!!!!

Artemus Gordon: You 2 go on ahead, I’ll continue enjoying the artwork!!!!

Cam & Wendy: Okay!!!!

Cam and Wendy then exit the gallery as Herbie opens his doors.

Cam: Alrighty Herbie.

Wendy: Let’s go!!!

Herbie then turns over his engine as Cam and Wendy sit down in his cabin.  He then rotates both his front and rear axles, and slides out of the parking space sideways before he shifts into first gear and drives off.

Wendy: WOW!!!!  That was great!!!!

Cam: I enjoyed that too!!!!
Now here’s the fun part; navigating this maze of highways here!!!!!

Wendy: MY GOSH!!!!  Grand Bay Lake has nothing like this!!!!

Cam: I know!!!!  The highways in the Magic Kingdom are VERY simple and straightforward.  Where as the big cities in the US can be confusing as hell.  

Wendy: And that kinda scares me!!!

Cam: However once you’ve got the hang of it, it’s not so much a problem!

After navigating his way through the various highways, Herbie eventually finds his way into Old Town San Diego, and finds a good parking space just across the street from the Whaley House where Jim West is waiting.
Just like before, Herbie rotates both his front and rear axles before his slides sideways into the parking space, parks, and shuts off his engine.

Wendy: WOW!!!!  This is nothing like I’ve seen before!!!!

Jim West: You know what, this kinda reminds me of Goldfield, but not so deserted!!!!

Cam: I know what you mean!!!  At least Old Town San Diego is full of tourists, where as Goldfield’s an old ghost town.

Jim West: I can’t get enough of these old buildings.  Some of them are like nothing I’ve seen before.

Cam: They’re from the Spanish settlement of the early to mid 1800s.  

Wendy: OH WOW!!!!  LET’S GO HAVE A GOOD LOOK AROUND!!!!!

Cam: You got it!!!!

Jim West: HEY, HEY!!!!  Don’t leave me behind you guys!!!!

Cam, Wendy, and Jim West have a good look around Old Town San Diego.  They venture into the VERY haunted Whaley House, the Mormon Battalion, The Serra Museum, Casa De Estudillo, Old Adobe Chapel, Church Of The Immaculate Conception, Colorado House, San Diego Newspaper House, Casa De Bandini/Cosmoplitan, and the San Diego Sheriff’s Museum.
They also have a good look at the Fine Art, Estate Jewelry, and anything else being sold at the Main Street Shops.
Wendy soon comes across a beautiful bracelet she really likes.

Wendy: WOW, THIS IS SO PRETTY!!!!  
I would also like to get one for Chelia too, however I have no idea how the money works here, so I don't really know how to compare the price tag from dollars to kole.

Cam: If you really like it then it’s yours!!!!

Wendy: Wait, what????!!!!

Cam: A little something from this world to take home with you!!!!

Wendy: Hold on, you don’t have to waste your money on little old me!!!  I mean, you’re already doing enough with food and lodging!!!!

Cam: Hey, you know I don’t mind getting it for you, and it’s not gonna break the bank.  Besides, I still owe you a lot………….

Wendy: For what????!!!!!

Cam: Always being a wonderful best friend.

Wendy: But Cam, I…………

Cam gently pats Wendy on the head before he gets out his credit card, pays for the bracelet, and gives it to Wendy.  He also gets a second one for Chelia too.

Cam: Now it is yours for real.  And here's another one for you to give to Chelia.

Wendy: Cam, you are so sweet!!!!!  Thank you so much!!!!

Wendy gives Cam a gentle kiss on the cheek and clasps his hand tightly in hers before holding his hand close to her heart as Cam gently strokes her beautiful long violet hair.

Wendy: No matter what happens, you will always be my best friend.

Cam: And you will always be mine.

Wendy: *Giggles* LOL!!!

Jim West: Okay, can you guys either get a room, or can we continue on?  There’s more I’d like to see here!!!!

Cam: We’ve pretty much marked off all the boxes here in an hour and a half, so what else is there?

Then Wendy’s stomach starts to growl.

Wendy: *BLUSHES BRIGHT PINK* Sorry, I guess I’m kinda hungry!!!!

Jim West: Not a bad idea!!!!  Know of any good places around here!!!!

Cam: LOTS of good Mexican Restaurants here!!!!  And because San Diego has a MASSIVE Hispanic population, as well as being on the border of Mexico, a visit to San Diego is not complete without eating at a Mexican Restaurant.  
Therefor, lets find one that has a table available.

Wendy: Okay, that sounds good to me!!!!

Cam gets out his phone and finds one with some open tables.

Cam: PERFECT!!!!! Casa Guadalajara!!!!!!  
It’s received numerous awards for the passed 5 years for their AMAZING Seafood!!!!

Wendy: WOW!!!!  You really know your way around!!!!!

Cam: Been here a fair amount of times, so I’m quite familiar with the place.

Jim West: I have to admit, I am pretty impressed by your knowledge of the place!!!

Wendy: How often would you say you’ve been here?

Cam: More than I’d care to count given how often I visit the Whaley House, and go on Ghost Tours at night.  

Wendy: WOW, THAT’S AMAZING!!!!

Jim West: I’d say you’re too caught up in the Supernatural, that’s for sure!!!  

Cam: Charlie Alexander Blackmore's a close friend of mine, and he was a student of the late Loraine Warren who was a famous demonologist that handled both the Amityville Horror, Haunting In Connecticut, and Haunting Of Blackmore Manor cases.  For many years Charlie and I would investigate haunted locations throughout the state of California, and the Whaley House was one of them!!!

Wendy: THAT'S SO AWESOME!!!  But also kinda scary since ghosts do kinda creep me out even though we've handled the case going on with the haunting of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde years ago.

Jim West: Again, you're too caught up in that stuff!!!!  Anyways, let’s eat because I’m starving!!!!

Cam, Wendy, and Jim West enjoy a nice lunch at Casa Guadalajara!!!  Although Cam doesn’t eat much, Wendy got to enjoy a good amount, but wasn’t a fan of the hot spices.  Jim West however couldn’t get enough it.

Jim West: NOW THAT WAS A PERFECT LUNCH FOR A MAN!!!!

Wendy: A little too spicy for my taste to be honest!!!!

Cam: I’m not that big fan of spicy food either, which is why I always ask for mild salsa.  That way it’s just spicy enough for flavor, but not enough to set your mouth of fire.
Thankfully the EXTREMELY spicy salsa and peppers are only given upon request because A LOT of tourists who come here, don’t like having their mouths set on fire.

Wendy: That’s good to know!!!!  However I do wish you would eat a bit more, but I do understand after what you told me last night.

Jim West: What happened last night?

Cam: Got sick, but not from what I ate, but it’s due to traumatic events that happened while I was in the Air Force during the war.  The details are rather graphic…………

Wendy: But it really makes sense as to why Cam finds it difficult to eat.

Cam: Right now, only a few pieces of shrimp along with some avocado was all I was able to handle because just seeing a full meal in front of me makes me sick.

Wendy: No need to push yourself, and don’t rush it.  You’ll be okay; I know you will.

Cam: With you by my side, nothing is an impossibility anymore.

Jim West: Okay, it’s starting to get awkward here!!!!!

Wendy: *BLUSHES BRIGHT PINK* AGAIN, PLEASE QUIT GETTING THE WRONG IDEA!!!!!

Cam: *BLUSHES DARK RED* YEAH FOR CRYING OUT LOUD, IT’S NOTHING LIKE THAT!!!!

Jim West: *BURSTS OUT LAUGHING* YOU 2 ARE JUST TOO MUCH SOME TIMES!!!!

Cam & Wendy: WHAT’S THAT SUPPOSED TO MEAN????!!!!!!

Jim West: *LAUGHS EVEN HARD* THERE YOU GO AGAIN!!!!  YOU’RE TOO MUCH!!!!

Cam & Wendy: Okay?

Cam: I don’t quite get where you’re coming from but whatever?

Wendy: Anyways, shouldn’t we get going?

Cam: Yes!!!  We need to meet up with Haji in Balboa Park within 30 minutes, so I’ll take care of the bill right away.

After Cam takes care of paying the bill, Jim West continues exploring Old Town San Diego.  Cam and Wendy then get back in Herbie's cabin, and drive off for Balboa Park.
While on the road, Wendy hands Cam his vest back.

Wendy: Oh, by the way, I don’t need this anymore since I’m starting to get a little hot, but thank you for letting me borrow it!!!!

Cam: Of course!!!!

Wendy: It is kinda embarrassing to be walking around in only a bathing suit since I left my normal clothes back at the hotel to be washed.

Cam: Hey, it’s California, San Diego’s by the coastline, so seeing someone in bathing suit here in the area is nothing out of the ordinary.  A LOT of tourists who visit the beach in a bathing suit also check out other near by areas while still wearing only a bathing suit, so don’t worry about it.  Besides, Erika almost ALWAYS wears hers even when she has no competitions or events to attend.

Wendy: *Giggles* Sometimes I feel she has nothing else to wear!!!!

Cam: It sure seams that way!!! LOL!!!!

Wendy: Well at least my bathing suit is skirted!!!!!

Cam: LOL!!!!  Much like most of Erika’s!!!!  So you 2 are not so different in the fashion department when it comes to bathing suits.

Wendy: *Giggles* I guess not!!!! LOL!!!  

Cam then opens up his item storage, selects one of Princess Erika's beautiful white frilly cardigans along with a pair of her white platform shoes, and gives em to Wendy.

Cam: So you don't feel too embarrassed wearing a bathing suit, Erika's cardigan along with a pair of her platform shoes should fit you.

Wendy: Thank you so much Cam, that's very thoughtful of you!!!!!!

Cam: Of course, I always keep spares for when Erika forgets from time to time, so I'm glad I had em on me!!!

Wendy: I'm so glad too!!!  Anyways, how much farther until we’re there????!!!!

Cam: Balboa Park shouldn’t be much farther……………

Wendy: Just 2 exits away!!!!

Cam: Perfect!!!!

After Herbie drives off the highway and turns onto the main road, it isn’t long until he drives over the famously beautiful Cabrillo Bridge before coming to a stop at the famous Quadrangle Exposition Center and California Tower.  He then opens his doors and lets Cam and Wendy out of his cabin.

Wendy: OH MY GOSH WOW!!!!!

Cam: I can’t remember the last time I’ve been here, but I do remember spending almost an ENTIRE day here.

Wendy: I can see why.

Cam: Anything we can’t get done today, we’ll see tomorrow.

Wendy: That’s perfect!!!!

Haji: Hey guys, I’m glad to see that you’ve made it!!!!

Dorion: So far we’ve been into the Museum Of US, the Natural History Museum, The Kate O. Sessions Cactus Gardens, The Fleet Science Center, and The San Diego Art Institute.

Wendy: WOW; THAT’S AMAZING!!!!

Cam: I have a feeling that Wendy would like to see the Japanese Friendship Gardens, the Botanical Gardens and Lilly Pond, the Alcazar Gardens, and possibly the San Diego History Center.

Wendy: It’s like you read my mind Cam!!!!!  I know you’d like to visit the model railroad museum.

Cam: Got that right, but no hurry!!  We have a few hours today, and most of tomorrow to see stuff that we’re unable to see today.
I know the Air & Space Museum is always AWESOME, the Spreckles Pipe Organ is a MUST see, and the San Diego Botanical Collection is also a must on the list.
However I have a feeling that……….

Herbie: BEEEEEEEEP, BEEEEEEEEEEEP!!!!!!

Before Cam could finish his sentence, Herbie drives off, and makes his way over to the San Diego Automotive Museum.

Cam: HERBIE??????!!!!!!!!

Dorion: Guess we all know where he wants to go???!!!!!! LOL!!!!!

Wendy: No surprise!!!! *Giggles*

Cam: Guess let’s see what we want to see for now, and anything we can’t see today, then we’ll see tomorrow.

Wendy: I’m okay with that!!!!

Dorion & Haji: Works for us!!!!

Cam, Wendy, Dorion, and Haji soon make their way through the various gardens of Balboa Park including Alcazar Gardens, The Botanical Building and giant Lilly Pond, the San Diego Botanical Collection, but no one loves the Japanese Friendship Garden more than Wendy.

Wendy OH WOW!!!!  This place is so beautiful!!!!!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AFqv-dyuDtw&t=31175s

Cam: And Very peaceful too.

Cam and Wendy sit down on a bench by a rushing river and enjoy the peacefulness and tranquility of the Japanese Friendship Garden as they hear the sound of water rushing through the various Japanese Koi Ponds while Dorion and Haji branch off and enjoy more of Balboa Park.

Wendy: I can stay here for hours!!!!!

Cam: So can I!

Wendy holds Cam’s hand close to her heart.

Wendy: Do you mind if we spend the next few hours here?  It’s so beautiful and peaceful and I love it so much!!!!

Cam: Of course!!!!  If it makes you feel any better, this is also one of my most favorite places to visit in Balboa Park.

Wendy: It is?

Cam: Most definitely!!!!
It’s a great escape from the hustle and bustle of the busy life in the city, and a great escape from the cold harsh reality of the outside world.  
Sometimes I’d come visit Balboa Park just to go see the model railroad museum, the pipe organ, and end my visit right here in this garden.
Unfortunately it was kinda sad since it’s the Japanese Friendship Garden, and I haven’t been able to share it with anyone, besides Troy and Erika of course, but now I’m sharing it with you………………..I know it sounds kinda corny and awkward, but I feel that it really adds meaning to the name friendship…………..

Wendy: Na-ah, I don’t think it sounds corny or awkward at all.  I think what you said is very sweet.

Cam: You are my best friend after all, so what better garden to share the Japanese Friendship Garden with than my best friend?

A few tears pour down Wendy’s face as she gives Cam a gentle kiss on the cheek before wrapping her arms around him in a tight hug.

Wendy: Our friendship means the world to me, and I mean that with all my heart.

Cam: I promise that I will never break off our friendship again…………..that is the biggest regret I have, and the dumbest mistake I’ve ever made.  

Wendy: But I wasn’t the most understanding, and I let my anger and stubbornness get the better of me.

Cam: It happens to all of us, and what really matters is how we really feel at the end of the day.

Wendy: You're right.  And no matter what happens, we’ll always be best friends until the day we die.

Cam then hooks his pink with Wendy’s as the 2 once again state their eternal vow.

Cam & Wendy: We solemnly promise to always be best friends. No matter how far apart we are, no matter what time zone we're in, no matter how bad we fight, no matter how bad things get, no matter who we marry, and no matter where we go. We solemnly promise to always be best friends, to have and to hold, in sickness and in health, for rich or for poor until death do us part. We will always be best friends forever until the very end.

Cam: And that’s a promise.

Wendy: MMMMMHMMMMM!!!!

Wendy then leans her head on Cam’s shoulder as she clasps Cam’s hand tightly in hers.

Wendy: Thank you so much for bringing me here Cam!

Cam: Of course!  

Wendy slowly leans in to kiss Cam again on the lips until Cam’s phone goes off.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EwL3WFCtao0

Cam: WHAT THE????!!!!  Dorion????!!!!!

Wendy: I wonder what he’s calling about? (AWWWWWWWW MAN!!!! It happened again!!!!     )

Cam answers the call immediately.

Dorion: Hey Cam, we have a situation with Herbie!!!

Cam: UH-OH!!!!

Dorion: He’s attracted attention in the automotive museum!!!!

Cam: What has he done????!!!!!

Dorion: Attract Herbie fans!!!!  That’s what he’s done!!!!!!  Many Herbie fans are trying to take their pictures of him and with him, and many more are dying to find the owner!!!!
Some have even tried getting in his cabin to take him for a spin.  Unfortunately Herbie squirted oil on that person's foot, and you know how that goes.

Cam: Dog Gone It!!!!  It’s best he stays with us from here on!!!!  Bring him over and let’s rendezvous at the Sprekles Pipe Organ.

Haji: We’ll do!!!!

Cam: Well it’s almost 3:30, and we should meet up with Dorion by the Spreckles Pipe Organ at the pavilion.  

Wendy: Okay, no prob!!!!

Cam and Wendy get off the bench, and leave the Japanese Friendship Garden before making their way over to the Spreckles Organ Pavilion as they rendezvous with Herbie, Dorion, and Haji.

Cam: Herbie, can you do us a favor and not wander off next time?  I understand that you wanted to visit the automotive museum, but do know that you are famous, and being famous is cause for trouble, and you nearly got yourself in trouble.  Just be glad Dorion and Haji were able to bail you out after you squirted oil on a fan's foot.
Thankfully, you’re okay, you did nothing wrong except for the squirting oil, but you made us worry, so just be careful.

Herbie: Beeeeeeeeeeep!!!!! -_-

Wendy: It’s okay Herbie!  What matters is that you’re okay!

Wendy then gives Herbie a gentle kiss on the bonnet, happy to know that her good friend is safe.

Dorion: Anyways, this pavilion is pretty cool!!!!

Cam: Yep; it is home to the world’s largest pipe organ that resides outdoors given that it consists of almost 5000 pipes.  
It dates back to the early 1910s, and has been playing since the day of its installation.
Although she may not be anywhere near as big as the giant Cathedral pipe organs, like Christ Cathedral's Hazel Wright Organ, Notre Dame De Royal's MASSIVE Organ which has pipes literally ALL OVER the building, or the one Nantes Abbey used to have, but she’s still a magnificent instrument, and every Sunday at 2, organ concerts are performed.  My friend David L. Ball who is the organist at Christ Cathedral in my hometown has performed a couple concerts here with some of his students.

Wendy: OH WOW!!!!  That’s wonderful!!!!!

Cam: I’ve heard it many times, and it has such a beautiful sound!!!!  

And to Cam's surprise, David L. Ball and his students from Christ Cathedral come walking up.

Cam: Speak of the Devil, here's David Ball!!!

David L. Ball: Hey Cam!!!  How are you?

Cam: Doing great!!!!  How are you and your students?

David L. Ball: We've made it, and we'll be performing tomorrow!!!!

Cam: That's wonderful!!!  I'm here with my friends, Dorion, Haji, and my best friend Wendy.

Wendy: Hello, I'm Wendy, I've heard a lot about you, and it's really nice to meet you!!!!

David L. Ball: Well, I've heard a lot about you too, and I'm glad we can finally meet!!!! We were about to practice for tomorrow.

Cam: Mind if we hear a couple pieces?

David L. Ball: Not at all!!!!

Cam: Awesome!!!!  What's amazing is, this organ has only mechanical action, and is not run off computers the way most organs are.

David L. Ball: Yeah, it's an old tracker organ, meaning that this console is mechanically connected directly to the wind chests which allow air into the pipes.

Wendy: AMAZING!!!!

Cam: How is Hazel's restoration coming along?

David L. Ball: Almost done!!!  Team Ruffatti don't have much farther to go with the revoicing.  We should have her working within the next week or 2 if all goes well!!

Cam: THAT'S AWESOME!!!!

David sits down at the organ console, puts in the key and fires up the organ.  He then pulls out some stops on the Great, Swell, Choir, Solo, and Pedal Divisions, and begins playing Fanfare by Nicolas Jacques Lemmens, and he plays it hard and fast while also really making the organ sing beautifully.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZlP_KDdONI8

As he continues playing, David pulls out more stops on the organ's Great, Swell, and Pedal Divisions really making the organ sings.
He soon brings the piece to a close, while hammering down on the Great and Pedal Divisions really bringing a smile to Cam and Wendy's faces.

Cam: THAT WAS AWESOME!!!!

Wendy: YEAH, IT WAS WONDERFUL!!!!

David L. Ball: AWWWWW!!!!  Thank you so much!!!  Now I really hope you like this one!!!!

David once again pulls out some more stops on the Great and Pedal Divisions, and adds some more reeds, and even some flutes before he starts playing Von Himmel Hoch by Pachelbel.  This immediately grabs Cam and Wendy's attention for their both blown away by David's beautiful playing and the beautiful sounds of the organ.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jEUP6K1jAH8

He really adds in a lot of the 16 foot Pedals while lightly tapping the keys of the Great and Swell Divisions making the organ sing more gently than with the previous piece before bringing it to a gentle close.

Cam: WOW!!!!  I REALLY liked that piece!!!!

Wendy: YEAH, ME TOO!!!!  I think I liked that better than the first one!!!

Cam: I'd have to agree!!!

David L. Ball: AWWWWW!  You're both too kind!!!!

Dorion: Well it’s 3:30, and I think you 2 should get a move on.

Cam: Good point!!!!  Mass at Mission San Diego De Alcala is in an hour, so best we get a move on.  

Wendy: Alright!!!!

Cam: Anyways, thanks a lot for letting us hear you!!!  You were amazing as always!!!!

Wendy: Yeah, thank you so much!!!!  It was wonderful!!!!!!

David L. Ball: Anytime!!!!  I'm glad you enjoyed it!!!!

Cam: Hope your concert goes well tomorrow!!!!  I'll see you back at Christ Cathedral!!!

David L. Ball: Hopefully Hazel will be working by then!!!!

David and his students then set to work on preparing for the next day's concert as Herbie opens his doors before Cam and Wendy jump in his cabin.

Dorion: Okay, you guys travel safe!!!!

Haji: We’ll meet you at the Famous Hotel Del Coronado between 7:00 and 7:30!

Cam: Sounds good!!!!  Take care David!!!!

Wendy: Thank you David!!!!

David L. Ball: Bye!!!

Herbie then shifts his transmission into gear, and drives out of the Spreckles Organ Pavillion.  He then drives over the Cabrillo Bridge, back out onto the main road, and soon back onto the highway.

Wendy: WOW!!!!!  That was amazing!!!!!

Cam: Balboa Park is full of amazing treasures!!!!

Wendy: But the Friendship Garden was perhaps the best thing I’ve seen so far today!!!

Cam: I had a feeling it would be. However, I still can't believe we bumped into David from Christ Cathedral, which was a very pleasant surprise.

After making his way to San Diego Mission Road, Herbie makes a right turn, drives up a steep hill before making a complete U-Turn in the middle of the road, rotating both his front and rear axles, and parallel parking just in front of the old historic San Diego Mission De Alcala.  He then opens his doors and lets Cam and Wendy out of his cabin.

Cam: And here’s the last stop for the day.

Wendy: WOW!!!!  How old is this church again?

Cam: Was founded in 1769, and was the first of 21 missions throughout the state of California.  However the current building itself dates back to the 1830s.

Wendy: WOW, THAT’S AMAZING!!!!  I had no idea it was that old!!!!

Cam: Yep!!!!  All 21 missions were founded and built when California was still part of Mexico.  Mission San Diego De Alcala has seen its fair share hardships though as there were times when all 21 California Missions were neglected.  Thankfully through the hard work and dedication of The California Mission Foundation, all 21 missions have survived the test of time, and are all protected as National Historic landmarks.

Wendy: I wish the same could have been done for Nantes Abbey.

Cam: Maybe it can since although it maybe in ruins, but it’s not too late to restore it.  Although it will take A LOT of hard work and dedication to get it rebuilt, and a lot of dollars, but it’s not an impossibility.  

Wendy: I feel the same way!!!! I feel that if we help rebuild the Catholic Church, then it'll help bring more people together.

Cam: We are the rightful rulers of the Magic Kingdom, and we must restore faith if we want the Catholic Church to expand.  Notre Dame De Royal can’t be the only place of worship in the entire land, so we must expand, and we’ll start by trying to get the people in the Town Of Beginnings to restore it.

Wendy: I like that idea, but there is a challenge and we both know all too well that the people in the Town Of Beginnings are not the nicest…………….

Cam: Got that right…………..same with those in Roughville……………

Wendy: Yeah…………….

Cam: But we’ll figure it out because if there’s a will, then there is a way.

Wendy: Yeah, we can’t give up hope.  We need to at least try.

Cam: Most definitely.  Now here’s the visitor center, and we have at least a good hour to look around.

Wendy: Awesome!!!!

Cam and Wendy enter Mission San Diego’s Visitor Center, before they go explore the mission grounds.  They have a good look through the beautiful mission gardens, the old monastery, and the historic Saint Francis Chapel before they make their way into the main church building and find a seat towards the front of the church just in time for the mass. And to Cam's surprise, he hears 2 of his favorite hymns, Here I Am Lord for the Offertory Hymn, and One Bread One Body for the Communion Hymn on the Mission Basilica's beautifully rebuilt Wicks Pipe Organ.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Cz7wwsUPMtw&list=PLLWRXsuyZvS7HXQbTv8bc53qy6SyUYU6l&index=41

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ScuDoD7ELV8

After the mass, they have a final good look around the gardens one last time.

Wendy: I really can’t get enough of this place!!!

Cam: Neither can I.  I always enjoy coming here whenever I can. I still can't believe that I heard some of my favorite hymns and antiphons!!!

Wendy: I know, they were so beautiful!!!

Cam: They always bring back a lot nostalgia from when I lived in San Francisco.

Wendy: Again, thank you so much for today Cam.  I’ve seen so much in such a short time, and the more I explore your world the more I fall in love with it.

Cam: I am so happy you feel that way.  And I am so glad to be sharing this with you after 3 long years of not being able to.

Wendy: You’ve made another dream of mine come true, and I can’t be anymore grateful.

Wendy gives Cam a gentle kiss on the cheek causing Cam to blush.

Cam: *BLUSHES DARK RED* WAHTT!!!! (I’ve never really a had problem with this in the passed, but why is it that my heart’s racing all of a sudden every time she kisses me???!!!!  I know it’s just on the cheek, but why am I making a big deal out of it now of all times???!!!!  I know I may have had feelings for her in the passed, but I don’t remember them being at this caliber!!!!)
 
Wendy: *Blushes Bright Pink & Giggles* (AWWWWWWWWWWW!!! He’s so cute when he’s shy like this!!!! It makes me fall for him even more.)
Sorry, that was out of nowhere.

Cam: Hey, no problem.  I don’t mind at all!!!

Wendy: Shall we get going?

Cam: Good point, we have a dinner reservation at the Hotel Del Coronado in a couple hours so the sooner we hit the road, the better.

Cam and Wendy make their way back over to Herbie as he opens his doors and starts his engine.

Cam & Wendy: Thank you Herbie!!!!!

Cam: Now no time to lose, we have to go back to the hotel because we have a dinner reservation at the Del Coronado at 7:30.

Herbie: BEEP, BEEP!!!!!

After Cam and Wendy hop into Herbie’s cabin, Herbie shifts his transmission into gear, and makes his way back to the highway.
With a beautiful day exploring around the beautiful San Diego area, it seems that Cam and Wendy’s friendship has more than rekindled, but more hardships lie ahead for them, as we will soon find out.
For now let’s let them continue to enjoy beautiful San Diego before they head back for home to get ready for what was next to come later on that night.


To Be Continued………………….

Chapter 28

Hotel Del Coronado

Later on that evening Cam and Wendy exit the entrance of La Valencia Hotel, after having taken a shower, and dressed into a clean change of clothes ready for a nice dinner at the famous Hotel Del Coronado.

Wendy: Today has been SO AMAZING so far!!!!  I do wish that I had another outfit to wear though……………

Cam: The sad thing is, my Uniform from the Air Force is the nicest outfit I have with me at the moment, since the rest of my nice clothes are still in transit.

Wendy: At least the hotel staff was kind enough to have our clothes cleaned while we were out.

Cam: Yep!!!  And we’ll have a good amount of time to explore more of Balboa Park before we head back for home.

Wendy: I really am going to miss it here because I’ve really fallen in love with your world Cam.

Cam: We’ll be back sooner than you think!!!

Wendy: And I look forward to the day I return here!!

Cam: Anyways, the guys are probably on the road right now, so we shouldn’t delay much longer.

Wendy: Right!

Herbie opens his doors as Valet Parking hands Cam Herbie’s key.

Valet Parking Attendant: Have a pleasant Evening Master Von Ludwig!  You too Ms. Marvell!!!!

Cam & Wendy: Thank you very much!!!

Cam and Wendy hop into Herbie’s cabin as Herbie turns over his engine.  Cam then depresses the clutch, shifts Herbie’s transmission into reverse, backs Herbie away from the curb before shifting Herbie’s transmission into first gear, and driving off for the highway.

Wendy: Okay, it’s 7:05 right now, and how long should it take for us to get there?

Cam: About 20 minutes.

Wendy: Awesome, so we’ve got plenty of time.

Cam: Yep, and we can enjoy a beautiful sunset once we arrive there!!!!

Wendy: That sounds great!!!!

Cam: Wendy, there’s something important I have to tell you.

Wendy: Yes?

Cam: It’s about Carla……………

Wendy: Okay?

Cam: If you remember the old ruins those escaped prisoners took shelter in when we left?

Wendy: Yes?

Cam: More than 6 decades ago, those ruins were home to her race known as the Exceeds………………In fact those ruins were part of a Grand Kingdom that was the Royal Capitol of the continent known as Extalia.  For many decades the Exceeds and those of the Takuna Tribe that bordered the Extalian Continent were in close alliance……………………..that all changed when King Drago and Queen Xayide invaded the Kingdom, and murdered all the Exceeds and their allies of the Takuna Tribe.  Only one Takuna Tribe Member named Impa survived, and the Exceed Queen Chagotte of Extalia was fatally wounded while guarding her egg.
Queen Chagotte’s dying wish was that her baby be saved…………………Impa of the Takuna Tribe tried to fulfill her promise by taking the Egg out of Extalia, and placing it in The Royal Castle for both the safety of the child and the hopes of finding the next royal heirs to the throne.  Using the last of her magic powers, Impa placed a spell on the egg that would keep Queen Chagotte’s child sealed away until the time was right.
On February 27th, 2002, Queen Chagotte’s baby finally hatched from her egg in anticipation of our arrival, which would happen soon.

Wendy: February 27th, 2002……………That’s when Carla was born…………..NO WAY, ARE YOU SAYING THAT………………

Cam: Carla is the daughter of the late Extalian Exceed Queen Chagotte making her the Royal Princess Of The Fallen Kingdom Extalia…………….Troy and I found this out when we awakened Impa’s Spirit after we cleared The Shadow Temple in The Valley Of The Dead………….....

Wendy: Does Carla know about this?

Cam: I tried to tell her before I left to rescue you, but she was put into protective custody in the Under Water Kingdom.  She was more worried about our well being…………….

Wendy grabs Cam’s hand and clasps it tightly in hers before holding it close to her heart.

Wendy: We’ll tell her together.  We’ll both tell her the real truth about her, okay?

Cam: Wouldn’t have it any other way.

Wendy: Great!!!!  Is there anything else about her?

Cam: Yes, it turns out that her mother was also clairvoyant and had the ability to see into the future.  She knew that giving up her egg to Impa would give Carla a good life that she wouldn’t have had if she stayed in the Extalian Ruins.  Because at least in the Royal Castle she was protected by the Royal Castle’s staff.  Queen Chagotte also knew that her daughter would inherit the power of clairvoyance, and would in turn know where to find the next Royal Bloodline of The Magic Kingdom.
She found you and Chelia when you were just little girls…………………..You were betrothed to Ren because it’s possible that your parents thought he could give you a good life given that he was loaded……….but I question that.
However on a fateful night in your hometown of Nirvana, many people were killed and your village was left in ruins.  You were one of very few survivors, and that’s when Carla found you.  She took you in because she knew that you were next in line for the throne given that you inherited the Powerful Sky Magic Powers from The Great Sky Goddess Grandine.  

Wendy: WOW!!!!!  It’s now really starting to make sense!!!!!

Cam: My guess is, because of the dangers that King Drago and Queen Xayide imposed, Carla sought to find a decoy, but as luck would have it a homeless girl named Sherry and her MUCH younger cousin Chelia came upon the Royal Castle.
Sherry just wanted her younger cousin Chelia to have a good life and not have to travel homeless.  In exchange for a good life, Carla and Sherry agreed that Chelia would be your decoy by implanting a Sky Magic Lacrima inside of her.  But that immediately backfired because implanting that Lacrima automatically put Chelia in line to the throne as well.
You know the rest in why Carla had to erase your memories………

Wendy: Yeah, and both Chelia and I understand that very well.  However do we know whatever became of her cousin Sherry?

Cam: Impa didn’t say anything, but I hope she’s still okay.  The good news is at least Chelia has living relatives who care about her……………

Wendy: Yeah……….Anyways, how’s Chloe?

Cam: Chloe is doing very well.  She and Troy are still together, and are doing very well with no signs of breaking up, so it’s not a matter of IF, but WHEN Troy pops the big question.  As for Mackenzie?

Wendy: I almost forgot to ask, how is she?..............

Cam: I have no idea given that she moved away to study abroad 2 years ago.  But needless to say that our break up was a HUGE MESS!!!!

Wendy: I’m sorry………….

Cam gently pats Wendy on the head.

Cam: Don’t worry about it.  Our relationship never really worked out, and to be honest there was just no real chemistry between us.  I mean, I thought I liked her when we were just friends, and we were friends for years, but then I see her true colors once we become an item, and she rushes the relationship without my consent.  She then tries to get me to accommodate her, and expects me to compromise on my life while she does everything that she wants.

Wendy: That’s not right!  I mean, I would never want to rush a boy I got in a relationship with.  And if I were to get into a relationship, I would want to make sure we both loved each other, and both had a good understanding of each other.  I would love and accept him for who he is, and I wouldn’t ask him to compromise his life if I wasn’t willing to compromise.  I mean, I’ve never dated, but I do understand that dating does involve compromise.  However it is unfair if one person compromises while the other person doesn’t, I mean that’s not right.  And if you do want to date that special person, it has to be for love, and the feelings must be the same.

Cam: You’re WAY more understanding than Mackenzie EVER was, and any guy would be damn lucky to have you as a girlfriend.  And I mean that.

Wendy: *BLUSHES BRIGHT PINK & GIGGLES* AWWWWWWWWWW!!!!  You’re so sweet, but I don’t know………………I mean, I still have a lot to learn, and it’ll be a LONG TIME before I have a boyfriend…………….besides Carla wouldn’t let have a relationship until I’m out of college, so it’ll be a while. *Giggles*

Cam: Well my relationship with Mackenzie was my first relationship, and has been my only one so far.  Therefor, I also have a ways to go, and I’m not in a hurry either.  So far no one has really interested me; why rush?  

Wendy: Yeah, good point!!!!

Cam: Mackenzie tried to rush me in the relationship multiple times, and even went as far into pressuring me into doing the forbidden 3 letter word that we're not really supposed to talk about......

Wendy: What do you mean?

Cam: You know "THAT!" Stars with an S and ends with an X?

Wendy: *BLUSHES BRIGHT PINK* WHAT????!!!!!  SHE ACTUALLY TRIED TO RUSH YOU!!!!!

Cam: Time and time again she did, but I was never ready because I wasn't in love with her.  You only do that kind of action with someone you love, and that other person must love you in return, therefor it's not something that can be rushed.  And if she was just pressuring me time and time again, what kind of relationship is that?  It's not love it's robbery, so why rush into another relationship unless I'm 1000% percent sure there is content on both sides??!!!!
Besides, I don’t think Erika would be too happy if I got into another one so soon.  LOL!!!!

Wendy: *Giggles* Looks like we’ll both be single for a while!!!

Cam: And I don’t see why that’s a problem!!!! LOL!!!

Wendy: Yeah, and even when we find the right people who love us, we will still have each other!

Cam: Wouldn't have it any other way!

Herbie soon drives onto the famous Coronado Bridge as Cam opens his Canvas Ragtop Moon roof, and opens the windows.

Cam: We are now going over the Coronado Bridge, so we shouldn’t be too far away.

Wendy: WOW!!!!  THIS IS SO COOL!!!!!

Wendy is completely blown away at the beautiful views of the Harbor, the various sailboats, yachts, cargo ships, and of course the Island Of Coronado.
Soon Rami’s Volvo shows up in Herbie’s left hand side view mirror just as Cam receives a call on his Ipad as a familiar ringtone goes off before Wendy answers it.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EwL3WFCtao0

Wendy: Hey guys, what’s up?

Rami: Hey, we just caught up with you!!!!

Cam: I see you guy’s in Herbie’s left side view mirror.  Just follow us, and we should be at our destination soon.

Rami: Sounds good!!!!

Cam: I thought you’d wanna go to The Glasslamp Quarter.

Toby: We did during the day, and it was nice, but we can’t pass up a nice dinner.  How was the beach?

Wendy: The beach was great, but the water was a little too cold for swimming, and the waves were a little too rough as well.  But Cam and I did get to visit some awesome caves.

Rami: That’s great Princess!!!!  What about Old Town?

Cam: Old Town was awesome, though I’m kinda disappointed that we didn’t encounter any paranormal activity in the Notoriously haunted Whaley House, but then again, Wendy and I had our fair share 3 years ago in the Jekyll and Kimball mansion. LOL!!!!

Wendy: The buildings were awesome though, and the food was amazing!!!!

Rami: REALLY????!!!!  Tell me about it?

Cam: Old Town is FULL of Mexican restaurants, and a visit to San Diego is never complete without eating at a Mexican Restaurant, so we ate at one that specializes in Mexican Seafood.

Wendy: Though the food was a little too spicy for my taste, but it wasn’t too much for me to handle.

Toby: Did you guys like the art gallery?

Cam & Wendy: YES WE DID!!!!!  Everything was AMAZING…………however…………

Cam: Balboa Park’s Japanese Friendship Garden seemed to be the highlight.

Wendy: I didn’t want to leave!!!!

Cam: Unfortunately too many Herbie fans found Herbie in the nearby automotive museum and we had to leave.

Toby: WHOOPS!!!!  That’s unfortunate!!!!

Cam: We then saw the Spreckles Pipe Organ before Wendy and I left for the historic Mission San Diego De Alcala………..

Wendy: OH MY GOSH, THAT CHURCH WAS BEAUTIFUL!!!!!
I had no idea one that old still survived!!!!!

Rami: How old is it again?

Cam: It was founded in 1769, and the building dates back to the 1830s.


Rami: That’s amazing!!!!!

Cam: Now we’re gonna visit one of the most famous hotels in not only the state of California, but in my world.  Hotel Del Coronado was the Inspiration to Walt Disney World’s Grand Floridian and in turn the Bay Lake Grand Floridian back in The Magic Kingdom.

Toby: WOW!!!!  This should be amazing!!!!!

Dorion then calls as he catches up behind Rami before Toby answers the call and connects him to the group call.

Dorion: Hey guys, I finally caught up with you!!!!

Haji: Is it much farther?

Cam: About another 5 minutes since we’re getting off the Coronado Bridge right now, so we should be seeing it soon.

Wendy: I so can’t wait!!!!

Cam: Are Jim West and Artemus with you?

Dorion: They decided to spend the evening in the Glass Lamp Quarter, so it’ll be the 6 of us instead of 8.

Cam: No problem; they deserve some fun on their own, and no one should feel obligated to always stay together as a group.

Wendy: Yeah, we don’t want you guys to feel like you need to always hang out with us.

Rami: We know, but Toby and I didn’t get to spend the day with either of ya, so we’ll enjoy a good meal with you guys.

Dorion: And we were pretty much doing our own thing at Balboa Park, so we all might as well enjoy a nice dinner together.

Cam: Well, you’ll all be in for a real treat because we’re gonna be eating at the Original Grand Floridian's Proto-Type.

After rounding a few corners, Wendy is the first person to spot the historic hotel.

Wendy: OH MY GOSH!!!!!

Cam: You can see the similarities!!! LOL!!!!

Wendy: For a moment I thought we were back on the Resort Strip in Grand Bay Lake!!!!

Cam: I know what you mean.  You’d feel the same way if we showed up at the Florida counterpart at the Walt Disney World Resort.

Wendy: No doubt!!! *Giggles*

It’s not long until Herbie and the rest of the gang arrive just outside the hotel’s entrance when Valet Parking greets them.

Valet Parking Attendants: Good evening and welcome to the Del!!!  What’s the reservation under?

Cam: Hello, the name's Von Ludwig for a reservation in the Crown Room at 7:30.

Valet Parking Attendants: Very well Sir!  Are all 3 vehicles with you Sir?

Cam: Yes, have them all under my name!

Valet Parking Attendants: Very well Sir.

Cam: Alrighty Herbie we shan’t be too long, but relax while you can.

Wendy: Yeah.  You know where to find us in case you need us.

Herbie: BEEP, BEEP!!!

Cam, Rami, and Dorion leave their keys with Valet Parking before each car is driven off to the near by parking lot one by one.

Cam: Alrighty Wendy.  You’ve wondered what The Grand Floridian is based off of, and here it is!!!!

Wendy: OH WOW!!!!  It’s amazing!!!!

Cam: She’s pretty beat up, but she just got bought by a hotel chain that’s in the process of restoring her.  

Wendy: That’s wonderful!!!!

Dorion: Now this looks VERY familiar!!!!

Rami: Feels ALL too familiar!!!!

Cam: Wait until you see the inside, and then you will see the difference!!!!

As Cam, Wendy, and the rest of the gang enter, they all soon find out the difference when they see the Beautiful Mahogany wood adorned atrium.

Wendy: WOW!!!!

Rami: HOLY CRAP!!!!

Dorion: IS THIS REAL MAHOGANY????!!!!!!

Cam: This is something that ONLY the Hotel Del Coronado has, and neither of its Grand Floridian clones can hold a candle to.  The original Mahogany adorned interior.  You will also notice that only the second floor wraps around the atrium.

Dorion: MY GOD, I WONDER HOW EXPENSIVE THIS HOTEL MUST HAVE BEEN BACK IN…………

Cam: 1888!!!!

Toby: DAMN, THAT OLD?????!!!!!!

Haji: A LOT, NO DOUBT!!!!!

Cam: And the value’s only gone up considering inflation.

Wendy: AMAZING!!!!  I sure hope we get to stay here someday!!!!

Cam: God willing I’m able to land a reservation here since it’s VERY TOUGH to do at the moment.  

Rami: Exactly how far in advanced do you need to book?

Cam: Much like the Bay Lake Grand Floridian, I’d say AT LEAST a year in advanced.  However for the notoriously most haunted room in the hotel, room number #3327, that requires AT LEAST 18 months, and on Halloween Night, then maybe 24 months.

Wendy: Did you say this Hotel is haunted????!!!!!

Cam: Yes, much like The Whaley House, and The Grand Colonial, but I’d say on a larger scale.  The Hotel Del Coronado is home to the ghost of a frail and ill young woman around age 24, who checked into the hotel in 1890 under the false name of Laudi A. Bernard.  She stayed at the hotel for only 5 lonely days before shooting herself in the head near the beach.  Once her body was found, police could find no way of truly identifying her, so they telegraphed her description to other police agencies around the country.
She was a very elegant, beautiful, and well mannered young woman, but very reserved, and sad.  Although to Hotel Employees, she claimed to be waiting for the company of a young gentleman, but after waiting for 5 lonely days, that gentleman never showed up.
With no way of knowing who this young woman was, the Newspapers referred to her as The Beautiful Stranger.  After her identity was confirmed as Kate Morgan, it turns out that she was married, but estranged from her husband.  
It is assumed that she traveled to Hotel Del Coronado in hopes of rendezvousing with a lover.
Kate was employed as a domestic in a very wealthy Los Angeles House Hold, and traveled to the Del by train, MUCH like the Elbe & Tocoma Railroad Line.
It was on that train when fellow passengers noticed a woman matching Kate’s description, was arguing with a male companion who in turn abandoned her en-route.
During her stay, Kate was described as VERY frail, and sorrowful.  She ventured into Downtown San Diego to buy a hand gun, and it was later confirmed that Kate had died from a self inflicted gunshot wound to the head.

Wendy: Oh My Gosh that’s so sad!!!!!  The poor girl, I wonder why she’d do that……it breaks my heart………..

Cam: No one really knows unfortunately.

Dorion: Have their been reports of sightings of her?

Cam: Yes!!!  According to the hotel’s book, Beautiful Stranger aka the Ghost Of Kate Morgan, many employees and visitors have attested to ghostly activity going on throughout the hotel.
Many visitors have seen Kate’s ghost throughout the lobby, wandering the hallways, walking along the beach, and even causing a fracas in the gift shop down in the basement.  
But those staying in room Number #3327 experience all kinds of paranormal anomalies such as lights flickering on and off, the sink and shower faucets activating on their own accord, the t.v. turning on and off, sudden cold and hot spots in various areas of the room, and even the bed sheets being ripped off of guests while they are sleeping.

Wendy: WOW, THAT IS SCARY!!!!  But not as scary as what we went through with Mr. Hyde. LOL!!!!

Cam: Got that right, and Kate Morgan’s ghost is harmless since she’s never really hurt anyone.  She’s just letting you know she’s here.

Wendy: That’s good to know!!! *Giggles* However ghosts still kinda creep me out.............

Cam: You will also see a few similarities between here and the Bay Lake Grand Floridian…………..

Wendy: I already notice the inner courtyard!!!!

Dorion: That French styled elevator looks familiar!!!!

Cam: That’s where the Imagineers got the idea for the Grand Floridian!!!  It all came from this hotel.  In fact Walter Elias Disney himself even stayed at this hotel, so it was only fate that this hotel would be the inspiration for Disney’s flagship hotel in Florida, and then eventually Grand Bay Lake’s flagship hotel.

Wendy: That is so amazing!!!!

Cam: I am definitely taking you and the rest of the girls to Walt Disney World someday, and when we go, we’re staying at their Grand Floridian!!!!  That way you will have stayed at all 3 White and Scarlet Victorian sister hotels.
And if that’s not enough, Walt Disney World is having its 50th anniversary next October, so that would be the best time to go.

Wendy: I can’t wait!!!!

Cam: Neither can I!!!!

Cam, Wendy, and the rest of the gang have a good look around the rest of the lobby along with the inner courtyards, the basement, and even the beach of the hotel before making their way to the Upscale Crown Room.

Maitre D: Good evening and Welcome To The Crown Room!!!  What time is your reservation?

Cam: The name is Von Ludwig, and the original reservation was for 8 people, but 2 bailed on us, so it’s now down to 6 for 7:30.

Maitre D: No problem Sir, follow me!!

Cam: Thank you.

Cam, Wendy, and the rest of our friends are soon seated at a long table right next to a beautiful set of windows looking out at the beach and a beautiful sunset.

Wendy: WOW!!!!  That sunset is so beautiful!!!!

Dorion: WOAH!!!!  

Rami: In all of my years in living in Grand Bay Lake, I’ve never seen a sunset like this!!!!

Haji: Neither have I!!!!

Cam: The state of California is in a league of its own, but the sunsets on the beautiful coastline take things up to a whole new level.

Wendy: I really am gonna miss being here in your world Cam, but I look forward to when I come back!!!!

Toby: Same here!!!!

Cam: I promise that although this maybe your first visit to my world; it will MOST DEFINITELY not be your last.

Dorion: Alright, now lets order because I am starving!!!!

Rami: Same here!!!!

Wendy: Do you think you’re okay to share something with me?

Cam: I’ll give it another try, but no promises.

Wendy: I understand, just don’t push yourself too far, okay?

Cam gives Wendy a gentle pat on the head before Wendy gives him a gentle kiss on the cheek.

Wendy: Know that I’ll always support you no matter what.

Cam: Same here Wendy.

Our friends enjoy a wonderful dinner and dessert while watching a beautiful sunset.  But afterwards, no one was ready to leave.  Cam and Wendy wanted to spend time on the beach before they head back for La Jolla while Rami, Toby, Dorion, and Haji spend time hanging out by a fire pit.

Toby: Okay, I know you’ve probably thought of this too, but come on, don’t you think those 2 will ever fess up and take their friendship to the next level???  I mean come on!!!!  They have to?

Haji: It is none of our business Toby, and although I’ve questioned that myself, we can’t force them.

Dorion: I know what you are saying, and although I will admit, their fighting was a headache, but you got to admit that they would make a really cute couple.

Rami: Right you are!  I was even gonna say that if I didn’t know any better, I would have thought they were.

Toby: She is all over him, and he’s always spoiling her and treating her like the princess she is, so it’s natural that they’re gonna fall in love………………

Haji: Not our call…………….

Dorion: Let’s not forget that although they are legal in our world, their age difference is questionable in this one.

Rami: Actually, they’re legal in this world too since most of the laws have changed and the age of consent is now 15.  

Toby: Have they now???!!!!  Then that explains…………

As Toby and the rest of the guys ramble and speculate, Cam and Wendy are wondering what they are talking about.

Wendy: I wonder what they’re talking about?

Cam: Can’t be anything that really catches our interest.  I mean, I should be hanging out with guys like them, but I’m not really that type of guy.  I mean going to bars or having a guy’s night out was just never my thing as an introvert.  However if I were to guess, they’re probably talking about racing, building weapons, or sports.

Wendy: I guess you’re right.  It doesn’t really sound like anything that would catch our interests.

Cam: I just worry about them drinking too much.  I mean, if they don’t watch it, someone’s gonna be driving drunk and the last thing we need is a DUI on our hands.

Wendy: What’s that if you don’t mind me asking?

Cam: Driving under the influence of alcohol, and it’s considered a high crime known as a felony in this world, which can land someone a heavy fine along with possibly 6 months behind bars.

Wendy: OH MY GOSH, THAT SOUNDS TERRIBLE!!!

Cam: I know!!!  My friend Mike got one after he and his ex girlfriend had a fall out years ago, and it was a mess.

Wendy: I’m sorry.

Cam: Me too!  I just worry that if any of those guys drive drunk then it falls on me given that they are not from this world.

Wendy: Best we don’t think about that, but knowing them, they probably won’t be that reckless.

Cam: You’re probably right.

Cam gets out his Ipad incase he and Wendy wanted to make a call to their friends back in Grand Bay Lake.

Cam: In case we wanted to make a call to our friends back home.

Wendy: Best that we don’t.  I mean, I’m sure your sister has a big day tomorrow with her cheerleading competition, and Troy is probably spending time with Chloe.  Not to mention Chelia, Carla, and everyone else are probably enjoying a slumber party either at the castle or in the underwater palace, so I think everyone’s doing just fine.

Cam: That’s true.

Wendy: Hey, don’t worry, I’m sure everyone’s okay.

Cam: I’m sure they are too.

Wendy gently lays her head on Cam’s shoulders and tightly clasps his hand in hers.
She then feels a cold chill out of nowhere.

Wendy: *Screams* AHHHHHH!!!!!  CAM, DID YOU FEEL THAT???!!!!

Cam: Feel what?

Wendy: I just felt cold all of a sudden!!!!  Did you feel it?

Cam: No…………….

Wendy: You don’t think that……………

Cam: The ghost of the beautiful stranger came by to say hello?

Wendy: Cam, you’re scaring me!!!!

Cam: WOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!! LOL!!!

Wendy: *SCREAMS* AHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!  CAM, STOP THAT!!!!

Cam: Hey, it’s not like we’re dealing with the ghost of Mr. Hyde like we did years ago!!!  The Ghost of Kate Morgan may play tricks on people, but she’s never hurt anyone.  Besides dealing with the ghost of Mr. Hyde years ago was MUCH scarier!!!!!

Wendy: I know, but it still scares me!!!

Cam: Don’t worry she can’t hurt you.  If it was something demonic then being scared is understandable.

Wendy: Please don’t go there Cam!!!

Wendy then feels the cold chill again causing her to freak out even more.

Wendy: *SCREAMS* AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!

Wendy then loses her balance, accidentally knocks Cam over before she lands on top of him.

Wendy: WAHHHHHHHH!!!!!!  OOOOWWWWWWWWW!!!!!!!

As Wendy gets up she finds her self sitting on top of Cam with her legs straddled against his waist sides in the same fashion as Erika.

Wendy: *BLUSHES BRIGHT PINK* OH MY GOSH, SORRY CAM!!!!  ARE YOU OKAY???!!!!

Cam: Yeah, I’m used it!!!

Wendy: Again, I’m so sorry for freaking out like that.

Cam: Don’t worry about it.  Besides I got a beautiful view of the stars.

Wendy: *Giggles* And I get a much better look at your handsome face.

Cam: *BLUSHES DARK RED* WAHTT!!!!  Come on, I’m no Brad Pit!!!!

Wendy: *Giggles* LOL!!!!! (AWWWWWWWWW!!!!  HE’S SO CUTE WHEN HE’S SHY LIKE THIS!!!!!!  IT’S PARTLY WHY I’VE FALLEN FOR HIM!!!!)
I also forgot to tell you this, but you look REALLY handsome in this uniform!!!! *Giggles*

Cam: *BLUSHES DARKER RED* OH NOOOOO!!!!!!

Wendy: *GIGGLES* LOL!!!! (AWWWWWWWWWWW!!!!  SUCH A CUTIE!!!!!)

Wendy gives Cam a gentle kiss on the forehead before she begins gently playing with his hair.

Wendy: Hey, I can’t help but notice how beautiful this beach is.  I also noticed the cabanas too.

Cam: Oh yeah!!!  The beach of the Hotel Del Coronado is a hot spot for swimming, and is one of the most popular beaches in all of California.  And if it’s not the hotel alone that gets it booked months in advanced, then it’s the beach because this beach is only available for those staying and/or eating at The Hotel Del Coronado.

Wendy: I’d really like to go swimming in the ocean someday.

Cam: And this is one of the best beaches for swimming.  There maybe some waves, but they’re WAY more manageable than the ones in La Jolla, and there are no sharp rocks making it A LOT safer for swimming.

Wendy: GREAT!!!!  If we can stay here, I’m most definitely swimming here!!!!

Cam: Sounds like a good plan.

Out of nowhere the ghost of Kate Morgan walks by and smiles at Cam and Wendy before she disappears.  Luckily Wendy didn’t see her but Cam did, and he smiled at her before she vanished.

Wendy: Hey Cam?

Cam: Yes?

Wendy: Thank you so much.  For everything!!!!

Cam: No problem!!!

As Wendy gives Cam a gentle kiss on the forehead, Rami, Toby, Dorion, and Haji see the whole thing happen, and know something is up.

Toby: Ya see!!!!  People who are ONLY “Best Friends,” don’t do this sort of thing!!!!

Rami: You make a valid point there!!!

Dorion: They should just confess already!!!!

Haji: Again, it’s none of our business!!!!

Cam and Wendy then see their friends looking at em, and they both IMMEDIATELY get embarrassed.

Cam: *BLUSHES DARK RED* WAHTT!!!!  GUYS, HAVE YOU BEEN WATCHING US THIS WHOLE TIME???!!!!  I MEAN, I HOPE WE HAVEN’T KEPT YOU WAITING FOR LONG!!!! LOL!!!!

Wendy: *BLUSHES BRIGHT PINK * YEAH, IT’S NOT WHAT IT LOOKS LIKE I SWEAR!!!!!

Rami: Relax you 2!!!!  We were just enjoying a nice walk on the beach!!!

Toby: However we were wondering if you could show us more of the hotel!!!

Haji: In case we return and wanna stay here for future reference that is.

Dorion: Yeah since we’re not in a hurry to leave just yet.

Cam: Sure, no problem!!!  I can possibly go to the front desk and ask if we can see one of the rooms.

Rami: That would be great bud!!!!

Wendy: Yeah, I’d like that!!!!

Cam: Okay, we’ll get a move on!!!!

Wendy gently gets off of Cam and helps him back on his feet before he, Wendy, and the rest of the gang continue to explore the hotel.
Together, the gang checks out the various cabanas along the beach, the hotel’s swimming pool, the golf course, the gym, the hotel’s casual restaurant Sheer Water, the conference center, and they all read on some of the hotel’s history in various articles framed on the wall.

Dorion: AMAZING!!!!

Haji: Hard to believe that this is the largest wooden structure in your nation!!!

Rami: And that it’s as old as 1888!!!!

Toby: That’s almost as old as King Arthur!!!!

Wendy: I just love the colors!!!!

Cam: I know what you mean Wendy.  They’re VERY classic and ornate colors.  The beautiful Ivory colored building with the gorgeous scarlet colored roof, and Mahogany wood interior is a very beautiful combination, and it’s no wonder all of that was used when it came to developing the replicas at both Walt Disney World in Florida and The Grand Bay Lake Resort Strip.

Wendy: Do you know of any other hotels like this and the 2 Grand Floridians?

Cam: If I remember correctly the Mount Washington Hotel in New Hampshire is also similar to this, The Stanley Hotel in Estes Park, Colorado, and The Grand Hotel in Michigan I would say are fairly similar to the Del Coronado given that they were also built during the Victorian era.

Wendy: WOW, THAT’S SO COOL!!!!  I sure hope we get to visit them someday!!!!

Cam: Maybe someday we will.
Anyways, let’s see if we can see the inside of one of the guest rooms.

Wendy: Okay!!!!

After speaking with front desk, Cam manages to get ahold of someone willing to show him, Wendy, and the rest of the gang their one and only available hotel suite that had just had a complete renovation done on it.

Bellman: Alright, follow me!!!

Cam: Awesome thank you!!!

The Bellman escorts Cam, Wendy, and the rest of the gang into the French Style elevator, and EVERYBODY is shocked to find out that the elevator is so old that it needs an operator inside to operate it.

Cam: WOW!!!!  Now that is awesome!!!!

Wendy: I’ve never seen an elevator this old before!!!!

Dorion: Neither have we!!!!  Elevators that require an operator are nonexistent where we come from.

Once the elevator reaches the 4th floor, Cam, Wendy, and the rest of the gang are soon escorted down various corridors until they reach corner suit Number 4327, and that happens to be the suite RIGHT ABOVE the notoriously haunted room.

Bellman: We have just finished renovations on this suite, and it’s available first thing tomorrow.

Cam: 4327???!!!!  We’re RIGHT ABOVE the famously haunted room!!!!

Wendy: CAM, WHY NOW????!!!!!!

Cam: WOOOOOOOOO!!!!

Wendy: *SCREAMS* AAAAAHHHHHHH!!!!!  CAM, STOP IT!!!!!

Bellman: HAAAAAA, HAAAAA, HAAAAA, HAAAAAAA, HAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!!  That room is by far OUR MOST booked room in the hotel because EVERYONE wants the thrill of staying in the “Haunted” room.  And if you’re looking to book it on Halloween Night, FORGET IT, it’s booked out more than 24 months in advanced!!!!
And because of its popularity, it was the first room that was renovated, and needless to say that our first guests to stay in that room were more than satisfied.

The Bellman then gets out the room key, unlocks, and opens the door before activating the lights, and letting everyone in.

Bellman: You can see that this room has been beautifully redone, and you guys are the first guests to see it complete.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VErrcMHwMPI

Cam: AWESOME!!!!

Wendy: WOW!!!!!  THIS IS BEAUTIFUL!!!!!

Bellman: And to make matters better, this room has the EXACT SAME floor layout as the famously “Haunted” room, since it’s right below us!!!!

Dorion: That is awesome!!!!

Cam, Wendy, and everyone else have a good look around the room, and all are completely blown away by the beautiful new wall paper, the beautiful new furniture, the beautiful new fixtures and faucets, the new curtains, but most of all the SPECTACULAR view of the ocean.

Wendy: WOW!!!!  That is such a beautiful view of the ocean!!!!

Cam: Almost as nice as the view we have at La Valencia!!!

Dorion: If you don’t mind me asking, how much are room rates?

Bellman: They start at $450 per night, but a suite like this then you’re looking at about $800-$1000 a night depending on the time of year.

Dorion: WOOOOAAAAAAH!!!!  I’m sorry I asked!!!!

Cam: It comes down to the Hotel’s fame, the location, but most of all its beautiful beach that causes demand to go up, and in turn the cost of lodging too.

Bellman: Correct!!!  A LOT of people who stay here are mainly here for the beautiful beach as well as our prime location.  
This hotel is practically a get away from the hustle and bustle of Downtown San Diego, and it’s also why this hotel’s a popular destination.

Cam: Makes sense.

Wendy: Thank you so much for showing us this room, it’s so beautiful!!!!

Bellman: My pleasure, now let me lock up before we head back down.

The bellman escorts everyone out of the room before he shuts off all the lights, and locks up the room.  He then escorts everyone back over to the elevator, and back down to the lobby.

Cam: Again thank you very much!!!

Wendy: Yeah, we really appreciate it!!!

Bellman: My pleasure, I’m glad you enjoyed yourselves!!!

Cam then generously tips the bellman before the bellman says good night and thank you.

Bellman: Thank you so much for stopping by, have a good night, and safe travels home.

Cam & Wendy: Thank you very much!!!!

Cam, Wendy, and the rest of the gang then walk out of the hotel’s entrance to valet parking, and it’s not long before Herbie along with Rami’s Volvo and Dorion’s Nissan Titan are brought up to the hotel’s entrance.

Valet Parking: Here are your vehicles!

Cam: Thank you very much!!!

Herbie opens both of his doors before the Valet Parking attendant steps out and removes the key from the ignition.

Valet Parking Attendant: VERY NICE CAR by the way!!!!  The VW Beetle is such a classic!!!!  It’s too bad you don’t see many of them around anymore.

Cam: I know what you mean.  They’re great cars, and will last you forever if well maintained; unlike cars of today.

Valet Parking Attendant: I know what you mean, but the other 2 vehicles are also really nice, so I say you guys have good taste!!!
Anyways, you folks have a good night and safe drive home.

Cam: Thank you very much!!!!

Cam then generously tips the valet parking attendants before he and Wendy step back into Herbie’s cabin.
Cam then depresses the clutch, shifts Herbie’s transmission into gear, and drives off before the others follow.

Wendy: OH MY GOSH, TODAY WAS SO AMAZING AND WONDERFUL!!!!
Again, Thank you so much Cam!!!!  You really have no idea how much this means!!!!  I so can’t wait to tell Chelia, Carla, and the other girls about this!!!!!

Cam: I’m glad you had a great time Wendy.

Wendy: I sure did, and I will treasure every moment!!!!

Wendy gives Cam a gentle kiss on the cheek before she grabs his hand and holds it close to her heart.

Wendy: I wish we had more time in your world, but I know we’ll be back soon!!!!

Cam: Of course we will!!!!  There is SO MUCH MORE that I want you to see in this world.

Just then Cam and Wendy receive a phone call on the Ipad from both Rami and Dorion, and Wendy doesn’t hesitate to answer.

Wendy: Hey guys, what’s up?

Rami: Hey you 2!!!!

Dorion: Awesome night you guys!!!!  I really hope we can do this again sometime!!!!

Toby: Yeah, it’s nice to get out and take a break from time to time!!!!

Haji: Affirmative!!!

Cam: We’ll be back for we know it sooner or later.

Wendy: And I look forward to when we do!!!

Herbie soon reenters the small town of La Jolla, and it’s not long until he’s back outside the entrance of Hotel La Valencia while the others continue onto the Grand Colonial.

Dorion: Good night you 2!!!!  Sleep well!!!!

Wendy: Good night you guys!!!  Sweet dreams!!!!

Cam: We’ll leave tomorrow around 4:30, and we should arrive back at home in Grand Bay Lake by 6:00!!!!


To Be Continued……………….

Chapter 29

Back In Grand Bay Lake

After their second good look around Balboa Park, it was time for Cam, Wendy, and the rest of our friends to head off for home.

Cam: Alrighty, it’s 4:30 and the portal back home should be opening within 30 minutes.

Wendy: I really am going to miss this place, but I look forward to the day we come back!!!!

Rami: Same here Buddy!!!!

Cam: There will plenty of opportunities to return here, but there are many of other places in my world to explore, so this will MOST definitely not be the last time you visit.

Wendy: I so can’t wait to tell Carla, Chelia, and the rest of the girls about this!!!!

Cam: Alrighty Herbie, time to go home!

Herbie: BEEEEP, BEEEEP!!!!

And with that Herbie starts up his engine as Cam and Wendy hop in his cabin.  With a revving of the engine Herbie takes off with his tires screaming as he pops a steep angled wheelie before the rest of the gang follows him.
They soon drive their way onto highway 1, and take a good last look at the beautiful California coastline as they make travel closer towards the portal.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oFuo4HKRJR8

Wendy: Thank you so much Cam!!!  I really needed that!!!

Cam: Anytime, and we both needed this weekend!!!!

Wendy: We’ve been apart for way too long, but I’m so glad it’s now behind us.

Cam: Same here!!!  From here on we’re a team, and we’re both commanding the next operations on storming the remaining temples before we take down The Horned King.

Wendy: And I wouldn’t have it any other way!!!!

Wendy gives Cam a gentle kiss on the cheek and holds his hand close to her heart.

Wendy: Mind if we give Carla a call?

Cam: Of course!!!  We should inform everyone of when they should expect us home.

Wendy: We’ll meet back at the hotel, and if you don’t mind, I’d like to spend the night with the girls.

Cam: No problem!!!  I was thinking of taking a few rides on board the train since I’ve missed my train. LOL!!!

Wendy: Of course!!! I should expect no less!!!! *Giggles*

Cam: When do you think we should tell Carla about her history?

Wendy: I’d say we should hold off until tomorrow if that’s okay?

Cam: I think that’s a good call because if we tell her all of a sudden it could put her into shock, and we don’t want that since you just got back.

Wendy: Yeah.  Carla may look tough on the outside, but inside…………

Cam: She’s very sensitive and emotional just like you, Chelia, and Erika all are, and she could take the news the wrong way.

Wendy: That’s what I’m afraid of, but we’ll be there for her when she needs us.

Cam: Most definitely.  And after we tell Carla everything we know, we’ll then discuss our next plan of attack in storming The Forest Temple.

Wendy: Okay!!!  Now let’s call Carla and the others.

Wendy gets out her Ipad and calls up Carla, and it’s not long until she answers the call.

Carla: Wendy?

Wendy: Hey Carla!!!!

Carla: Good to see you’re still save!!!  How was your weekend with Cam?

Wendy: It was wonderful!!!  I can’t wait to tell you and the rest of the girls all about it!!!

Carla: I am so glad to see you happy again Child.  Your smile means the world to me.

Wendy: AWWWWWWWW!!!!  Thank you so much!!!!

Chelia: Hey Wendy!!!!

Wendy: CHELIA!!!!

Chelia: I’m so glad you’re on your way home!  How much longer do you think you will be?

Cam: Not even an hour!  We’re currently on Highway 1 North, and should be at the portal REAL soon!!!!

Chelia: That’s great!!!!

Wendy: I can’t wait to tell you girls everything that’s happened!!!!

Chelia: And we can’t wait to hear all about it!!!!

Cam: Tonight, we’ll all branch off and do our own thing, but tomorrow morning around 11:00, let’s meet up either in the Hotel Lobby, or Castle Throne Room, whichever is easier, and then discuss our next plan of attack in clearing The Forest Temple.

Wendy: I was thinking all of us girls would catch up tonight and have a slumber party!!!!

Chelia: That sounds like a good plan!!!!

Cam: Just got a text from Troy, and he and Chloe will be out again tonight, but Erika will be with you girls.

Chelia: AWESOME!!!!  

Cam: As for me, I’ll stay safe and sound aboard my train if you don’t mind. LOL!!!!

Chelia: No surprise!!!! *Giggles*

Carla: I could have easily figured that one out a long time ago!!! *Giggles*

Wendy: Of course!!!!  It’s Cam, what do you expect???!!!! *Giggles*

Cam: HEY; what’s that supposed to mean?

Wendy, Chelia, & Carla: *BURST OUT LAUGHING* TYPICAL CAM!!!! *GIGGLE*

Cam: *Eyes roll* (Ugh; Girls!)

The portal leading back to Grand Bay Lake opens up and soon comes into view.

Cam: Alright there it is, so have one last good look at the beautiful California coastline!!!!

Wendy and the rest of the gang take one final look at the California Coastline before Herbie, Rami’s Volvo, Artemus Gordon’s Jeep, and Dorion’s Nissan all drive through the portal, and are back on the main road leading back to Grand Bay Lake.

Wendy: I sure am going to miss your world Cam.  It was so wonderful!!!!

Chelia: I so wish that I was there!!!!

Carla: It sounds like you and Cam had a wonderful weekend, and you 2 had A LOT of time making up.

Wendy: We sure did and it’s like our friendship never ended in the first place!!!!

Chelia: I’m so happy for you Wendy!!!!

Wendy: Thank you so much Chelia!!!

Cam: Alrighty, Paradise Bay is just up ahead, and we should be back at the Hotel real soon.

Wendy: Great!!!!

Chelia: Okay, we’ll meet you guys in the lobby of the hotel!!!

Ayumi: We can’t wait to see you!!!!

Carla: Travel safe you 2!!!

Wendy: We will!!!

Just then Cam gets a call from Princess Erika on his Ipad, and Cam answers it immediately.

Cam: Hey Erika!

Princess Erika: HEY CAM HOW WAS YOUR WEEKEND????!!!!!

Cam: It was AWESOME!!!!  Wendy and I really had an amazing time patching things up.

Wendy: And we couldn’t be happier!!!!

Princess Erika: That’s wonderful!!!!  Where are you guys right now?

Cam: We’re just outside of Paradise Bay, and should be back at The Grand Floridian within about 20 minutes.

Princess Erika: PERFECT!!!  I just got back from Cheerleading, and I’m about to go through the portal in the basement right now!!!!

Cam: Awesome!!!!

Princess Erika: Have you heard from Troy?

Cam: Yes I have!!!  He texted me and informed Wendy and I that he and Chloe will be spending another night alone together.

Princess Erika: Okay!!!!  Sounds good!!!  However they’ve been spending A LOT of time alone together lately.

Cam: I know, but it is still Valentine’s Day Weekend, and I say good for them since they’ve been dating for a VERY LONG time.

Princess Erika: I know, so do you think Troy will be popping the big question soon?

Cam: It wouldn’t surprise me in the least if he does it soon.

Wendy: Cam, what is the big question, if you don’t mind me asking?

Cam: It’s when a guy asks the girl he love’s hand in marriage, and both Erika and I suspect that Troy will be proposing to Princess Chloe REAL soon.

Wendy & Chelia: AWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW!!!!!!!!!

Cam: They’ve been dating for a VERY long time, and Princess Chloe’s practically part of the family, so it’s bound to happen sooner or later.

Wendy: That is so wonderful!!!!  I am so happy for them!!!!

Chelia: So am I!!!!!

Princess Erika: Me too!!!!

Princess Erika soon shows up right next to Chelia, Carla, and the rest of the girls after teleporting in from her world.

Chelia: There you are Erika!!!!

Carla: Glad to see you made it safe here Child!!!

Princess Erika: Okay Cam, I’m ending the call now since I’m now with Chelia and Carla.

Cam: No problem; sounds good!!!

Wendy: Anyways we’ll let you all go since we all need to rendezvous at the hotel.

Chelia: Good point!!!!

Cam: See you girls in a few!!!!

Wendy: Yeah, see you soon!!!

Chelia: Awesome, see Ya in a few!!!

Carla: Be safe you 2!!!!

Cam & Wendy: We will!!!!

After Cam and Wendy hang up, Rami and Toby call Cam on his Ipad, and Wendy answers it right away.

Wendy: Hey you guys!!!!  What’s up???!!!

Rami: We just wanted to thank you for a good weekend before we head home!!!!

Soon Artemus Gordon and Dorion join in on the call, and Toby adds them.

Toby: Yeah, this weekend was AMAZING!!!!

Artemus Gordon: Jim and I had so much fun at the clubs in the Glass Lamp Quarter last night!!!!

Dorion: We don’t know how to show our gratitude.

Cam: Hey, you guys deserved it since you all earned it!!!!

Jim West: Hey if ever you guys need a police escort, don’t hesitate to give us a call.

Wendy: No Prob!!!

Dorion: You know where to find us if you need work done on your weapons, right???!!!

Cam: Yep!!!!

Artemus Gordon: And since we’re not discussing our next plan of attack until tomorrow, we figured we’d just branch off and go home if that’s okay with you?

Cam: Of course!!!  You guys do what you want now that we’re back home!!!

Rami: Awesome, sounds good buddy!!!!

Toby: You take it easy now!!!

Jim West: And stay out of trouble!!!

Dorion: Let us know if you need anything!!!

Cam & Wendy: Thank you so much; we will!!!

Cam: See you guys tomorrow!!!

Wendy: Yeah, see you tomorrow at 11:00!!!

Haji: Sounds good.

And with that Cam and Wendy end the call before the rest of the gang branches off and heads off for their homes.
It’s not long before Herbie arrives back at the Grand Floridian where Carla, Chelia, Princess Erika, and the rest of the girls are waiting for them.

Princess Erika: Here they are!!!!

Herbie: BEEEP, BEEEP!!!!

Herbie drives right through the Grand Floridian’s entrance and parks right in the atrium before shutting off his engine, and opening his doors.
As Cam and Wendy climb out of Herbie, Chelia, Carla, and Princess Erika come running up and wrap their arms around them both in a big hug.

Chelia: WENDY, WELCOME HOME!!!!

Carla: THANK GOODNESS YOU’RE SAFE WENDY!!!!

Princess Erika: I KNEW YOU COULD PULL IT OFF CAM!!!!

Cam: Well I couldn’t have done it without Herbie or the rest of the gang, who have gone home for the night.  I owe them a BIG thank you for their help.
But one thing’s for sure, I AM NOT wearing that HORRIBLE gorilla suit EVER AGAIN!!!!

Wendy: WHAT???!!!!  I don’t remember hearing anything about this!!!!

Chelia: OH, YOU DIDN’T HEAR???!!!! *GIGGLES*

Cam: In order to get passed the guards, the guys disguised themselves as prison guards while wearing old suits of armor as I was disguised as a rouge Silverback Gorilla wearing Troy’s old gorilla suit, and Herbie was covered in bananas from bumper to bumper.  Needless to say the plan worked, but don’t ask me to wear that thing again?

Wendy: *GIGGLES* So, that’s how you snuck passed the guards and got in to save me???!!!!

Cam: Yep, but I felt ridiculous doing it!!!!

Princess Erika: I wish I saw you in that thing!!! *Giggles*

Wendy: Me too!!!! *Giggles*

Carla: Same here!!! *Giggles*

Chelia: Yeah!!!! *Giggles*

Ayumi & Nina: Ditto!!! *Giggle*

Cam: Well I’m glad you didn’t because I felt FREAKIN RIDICULOUS!!!!

All Girls: *BURST OUT LAUGHING*

Cam: *EYES ROLL* UUUUUGGGGGGGGHHHHHH!!!!!  They have no idea just how hot and heavy that thing was.  Not to mention I got stabbed in the shoulder with a dart.  But I managed to pull some pretty sweet pranks on both The Butt Jiggle Gang and Sylph Labyrinth without them noticing thanks to The Eye Of Truth and they NEVER saw it coming!!!! LOL!!!

Wendy: And we got them very good in the end!!! *Giggles*

Cam: Darn right we did!!!

Wendy: Yeah, no one messes with us!!!

Cam: Together we are unstoppable, so they never stood a chance!!!

Wendy: YEAH!!! *Giggles*

Cam and Wendy both high fived one another before wrapping their arms around each other in a tight hug.

Cam: And from here on we’re always gonna work together as a team!

Wendy: That’s right!  As long as we have each other, nothing will get in our way!

Cam: And starting tomorrow, we will go over our next plan of attack in taking on The Forest Temple.

Carla: It sounds like you 2 have a solid plan.

Chelia: I am so glad you 2 made up!!!

Cam & Wendy: We are too!!!

Princess Erika: You too just needed to hear each other out and come to an understanding.

Cam: That’s really all it took!

Wendy: Yeah!  Had I known’ it’d be so easy to make up, I wouldn’t have let my stubbornness get the better of me.

Cam: And I should have told Wendy the whole story about what happened to me during the war much sooner.

Carla: You 2 can’t be so hard on yourselves!

Chelia: Yeah!  What matters is that you both talked things out, and you’ve both made up.

Princess Erika: And what’s important is that we move forward and take care of our biggest enemy.

Cam: And that would be The Horned King.

Wendy: Right!!!

Cam: I have no idea what his plan is next, but as far as I know now that we’re ALL here in Grand Bay Lake, we’re all a target.  This means we must all use caution when wandering about the city, and stay in contact at all times.

Wendy: Cam, when you’re out on the train, PLEASE keep me updated every hour because I worry about you now that we’re all in danger of being captured.

Cam: I promise, I’ll let you know every hour that I’m okay.  And at the same time, all of you girls will be escorted by the Royal Guards when you all have your hang out.

Wendy: Understood!

Cam: Is Johnny 5 in the Casinos again?

Carla: Last I saw, he was in the Mirage helping out Siegfried & Roy.

Cam: You must go to his side at once Herbie.  

Herbie: Beep, Beep!!!

Wendy: You will be okay on your own, right?

Cam: Of course.  I’m not sure what tricks The Horned King has up his sleeve, but if he sends anything or anyone after me, I’ll take em out no problem.

Wendy: Just keep me informed okay!  You’re my best friend and I worry about you.

Cam: I know, but I promise to keep you informed every hour.

Wendy: Great!!
Be safe!!!

Wendy gives Cam a gentle kiss on the cheek before Cam hops into Herbie’s driver seat and drives out of the hotel’s entrance.  Herbie then takes off while revving up his engine with a………………..

ZOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOM-VROOOOOOOOM!!!!!!!

As he sets off for Main Street Train Station while popping a steep angled wheelie.

Chelia: AWWWWWWWWW!!!  You guys are almost like a couple!!!!

Wendy: I know, and it kinda scares me since people in Cam’s world have gotten the wrong idea.  But on the other hand it also really makes me SOOOOOO HAPPY!!! *Giggles*

Carla: It’s so wonderful to see you this happy again Wendy!!!!  It means the world to us!!!

Chelia: Yeah, and we can’t wait to hear all about your weekend with Cam.

Wendy: It was so wonderful, but I don’t know where to start…………….

Princess Erika: Let’s discuss this over dinner at Lamplighters Lounge in Paradise Bay.

Ayumi: Yeah that sounds like a great idea!!!!

Manaka: And we can watch Fantasmic’s World Of Color & Earth Illuminations On The Rivers Of Light too!!!!

Nina: Yeah, it will be fun!!!!

Wendy: Awesome!!!  That sounds great!!!!

Miuna: Let’s teleport right away!!!!

Poe: Right away girls!!!!

And with that all the girls along with the Royal Guards get out their teleporting crystals, and teleport out of the Grand Floridian.
Meanwhile Herbie pulls up to the bottom of the staircase at Main Street Train station before he opens up his driver door and lets Cam out.

Cam: Thanks Herbie!!!  You and Johnny 5 have fun, but please keep me informed if anything out of the ordinary happens.

Herbie: BEEEP, BEEEP!!!!

And with that, Herbie takes off for the mirage just as the Main Street Station Announcements go off.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m9j30M8btk4

Announcement: YOUR ATTENTION PLEASE!!!  THE GRAND BAY LAKE LIMITED, NOW ARRIVING FROM A GRAND CIRCLE TOUR AROUND THE ROYAL CITY!!!!  PASSENGERS WILL STAND BY TO BOARD!!!!

Cam then hears a VERY familiar train whistle that he however never heard in the City Of Grand Bay Lake.

Cam: That’s weird!!!  That whistle sounded a lot like……………

WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO, WHOOOO!!!!!

Cam: IT COULDN’T BE!!!!!

As Cam makes his way up the staircase into Main Street Train Station, the Grand Bay Lake Railroad’s newest locomotive, the Roy O. Disney Number #8 comes steaming in with her headlamp shining, whistle blowing, bell ringing, cylinder drain cocks hissing, rods knocking, air compressor huffing and puffing, firebox drumming and roaring, ash-pan glowing, and beautiful colors and brass work gleaming in the moonlight with her beautiful 400 Excursion Series Blue Train in tow.

Cam: NO WAY!!!!  FIRST ROGER E. BROGGIE FROM THE WALT DISNEY WORLD RAILROAD, AND NOW ROY O. DISNEY????!!!!!  THIS IS AWESOME!!!!

Roy O. Disney Number #8 soon steams to a slow and gentle stop before conductor Alan opens the gate to the station platform and greets Cam warmly.

Conductor Alan: Welcome back Your Royal Highness!!!

Cam: Thanks Alan!!!!  It’s great to be back!!!!

Engineers Eric Heffernan and Jonathan Bromudez step out of the cab as Robert and Big Joe relieve them.

Eric: Well Hello Cam!!!!  I heard from your sister Princess Erika and Princess Chelia that you were spending the weekend in your world with Princess Wendy.  How did that go?

Cam: It was AWESOME!!!!  What started out as a rescue operation turned into a relaxing weekend in San Diego, and I was able to show Wendy some of the best parts of San Diego and La Jolla.

Jonathan Bromudez: That’s awesome man!!!!

Robert: I take it you 2 finally made up.

Cam: Yes we have!!!!

Big Joe: PRAISE THE LORD!!!!  We were constantly having to cover for you whenever her Royal Highness tried to look for you when you were away pulling your crazy stunts while leaving her in the dark!!!!

Cam: Troy told me, and thanks for always having my back.

Big Joe: Hey no problem.  Girls can be a handful, and it seems you 2 had A LOT to get off your plate.

Cam: That we did!!!!  The reason being was because of politics in my world along with the fact that what happened while I was in the air force shook me up A LOT more than what I wanted to admit, and being quiet about the whole thing just caused confusion and frustration.  I was weak and cowardly to run from the truth.  Had I been open about all of it, it would have SAVED EVERYONE A LOT of headaches.  And all Wendy needed was answers along with a good explanation.

Big Joe: You are VERY LUCKY to have a girl like her because girls like her don’t happen very often in this day and age.

Cam: I finally realize that now, and I wanna do whatever it takes to always protect her.

Big Joe: That’s a good man!!!

Robert: Princess Wendy is such a sweetheart, so do take good care of her, and pray for her.

Cam: I will, and when the time is right, I plan on…………….

As Cam continues talking with the train crews, Wendy, Chelia, Carla, Princess Erika, and the rest of the girls are soon seated at a table right on the water of Paradise Bay at Lamp Lighter’s Lounge.

Wendy: WOW!!!!  I can’t believe you got us such a great table Erika!!!!

Princess Erika: Hey, I learned from the best, so it’s no biggy!!! *Giggles*

Chelia: You sure catch on pretty fast!!! *Giggles*

Princess Erika: After being around my brothers for so many years, you’d be surprised by how fast I’ve been able to learn their tricks of the trade. LOL!!!

Carla: Well, you’re certainly becoming a fine young woman child, and it’s great to see that you’re following in your brothers’ footsteps.

Princess Erika: Thanks Carla!!!

Ayumi: Anyways, please tell us Wendy!!!!

Nina: Yeah, we’d like to know everything about your weekend!!!!

Sayu: First please tell us on how you were rescued!!!!

Chisaki: That’s what I’d like to know!!!!

Wendy: Well after I was captured by both The Butt Jiggle Gang and Sylph Labyrinth I fell unconscious because the wires in the net drained me of my magic powers.  When I woke up I found myself alone in a dark prison cell with both my hands and legs chained……………….I didn’t know what to think or do………………….I was just so scared, very sad, and very lonesome……………….I thought it was my punishment for being too stubborn.....................

Nina: Would you say it was as bad as being captured in Wendy’s Castle?

Wendy: Na-ah…………I’d say it was much worse because at least in Wendy’s castle I wasn’t chained and there was light, where as in the Gerudo Valley Fortress it was completely dark, and when I heard Ren’s name being brought up I almost lost hope……………..but out of nowhere Cam breaks down the door, and he doesn’t hesitate to pick the locks on the chains on my wrists and ankles.  He works VERY fast and gets me out.
At first I was shocked to see him but I was also so happy because I knew that everything was gonna be okay.  When he then picks the locks on the chains my heart starts to race like never before, and once he gets me unchained, he grabs my hand.  I then realize what’s happening, and I am just so happy because I felt that I finally got my best friend back after all this time.

Chelia: AWWWWWWWWW!!!!!  That’s so sweet.

Wendy: As we’re running through the hallways I see Cam let go of me and then he vanishes into the walls only to pop out again while holding a key.
Then out of nowhere he tells me to hop on his back, and I don’t know why until he hands me some kind of lens…………..

Princess Erika: They Eye Of Truth?

Wendy: Is that what it’s called?  Anyways, I look through it, and see that we jump over a pit that neither of us would have been able to see without that lens.

Princess Erika: That’s the thing, The Eye Of Truth helps you see things that can’t be seen by the naked eye.

Wendy: That’s what Cam told me!!!!
Anyways, we then run into the Butt Jiggle Gang and Sylph Labyrinth again, but this time Cam and I make quick work of them.  I mean they were such weak pushovers compared to what we faced 3 years ago, so I don’t know how Carla and I got defeated by them so easily.

Carla: We were unprepared and weren’t expecting them, where as this time you had Cam, and he was prepared for a fight.  You then followed your heart, helped him fight, and then the 2 of you combined your powers and became unstoppable.  

Wendy: You do make a good point because Cam uses his combat enhancement magic, and it compliments my Sky Magic very well whenever we combine our powers.

Carla: When that happens you 2 are literally unstoppable.  You 2 made such quick work of the Koopalings, the monster bird King Helmaroc, and solving the mystery behind the hauntings of Mr. Hyde’s ghost.  It’s no surprise that you both easily defeated the Butt Jiggle Gang and Sylph Labyrinth without any major problems.

Princess Erika: And you 2 would have made VERY quick work of Molgera, Tentalus The Leviathan Kraken, and the monster in the Shadow Temple if you made up much sooner.

Wendy: I know, and it was after we defeated the Butt Jiggle Gang and Sylph Labyrinth that Cam and I realized that, and realized that our fighting was stupid.
Once after we retrieve this treasure known as The Hour Glass Of Tiime, and escape the Fortress before it’s blown to bits, Herbie stalls right in the middle of the road and locks the doors.
With nowhere to escape Cam and I literally have no choice but to make up, but in all honesty I think that’s something Herbie had planned all along……………

Princess Erika: Herbie’s been dealing with couples fighting for A LONG time, and is a VERY smart car when it comes to this sort of stuff.  I’d say that having couples work out their differences is sort of his specialty since he's been doing that ever since he was with his original owner Jim Douglas.

Wendy: *Giggles* You’re probably right about that.  But we apologize to each other, and we make up.  And while we make up I’m surprised to find out how more alike we are because it turns out neither of us really had it in our hearts to drop the friendship.

Princess Erika: I know, and I think what prevented you from dropping the friendship completely was the bond you 2 still shared deep in your hearts, so no matter how hard you tried, ending the friendship just wasn’t in either of you.

Wendy: You’re right.  It even shocks me to know that Cam still remembers the vow we made on day 1 when we both promised each other to always be best friends……….No matter who we marry, how far apart we are, where we are, how bad we fight, or how bad things get we will always be best friends.  To Have and to hold, for rich or for poor, in sickness and in health, we will always be best friends until death do us part................we'll always be best friends until the end of time.................that's our vow, and Cam remembered it!!!!!

A few tears pour down Wendy’s face.

Wendy: Hearing that made me so happy because it was like……………it was like I never lost Cam in the first place!!!!  The Cam I still know and love was with me again just like before, and I was so happy to have him back!!!!  And because of that I’m able to tell him that I don’t want to lose him because if he were to go away again it would break my heart.
He then gives me a stupid reason on why he can’t leave again, but what matters is that I’m not ever gonna lose him again.  He’s back for good and I can’t be anymore happy.  He has no idea just how special he is to me………….

Chelia: AWWWWWWWWWWWW!!!!!  What you said was so beautiful……………..

Princess Erika: I am so happy to see that your bond is as powerful as ever because more than ever you both need each other.  My brother maybe stubborn but he needs you just as much as you need him.

Wendy: You're right Erika.  We do need each other.  We’re best friends after all, and it’s just so wonderful to have my best friend back…………..

Ayumi: AWWWWWWWWWWW!!!!!  That is so sweet!!!!

Wendy: Well after we make up and restate our vow, Herbie starts back up, and we head back to this weird looking helicopter.
We take off in the middle of a storm, and you know me, I was a big baby when it came to the thunder and lightening, but thankfully it didn’t last long because we flew out of there real fast.  And before I knew it, we had arrived in the world where you Erika, Cam, Troy, and Herbie come from.

Princess Erika: And you arrive in beautiful San Diego to make matters better.

Wendy: Yeah, and it only gets better……………………..

Wendy then goes on in telling the girls about her arrival in San Diego, all the way up to when she and Cam sat on a golf course looking out at the ocean in time to watch a meteor shower.

Wendy: Then out of nowhere Cam hands me a rose along with a box of chocolate!!!

All Girls: AWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW!!!!

Chelia: HOW SWEET!!!!!

Princess Erika: It was Valentine’s Day, and on Valentine’s Day in my world, a guy or girl normally gives a box of chocolate to someone VERY SPECIAL to them.  A guy however takes it a step further by also giving the girl he likes a rose.

Wendy: It’s the same here too…………..but I never thought he would do that for me……………..especially given how mean I was to him……………..

Princess Erika: Again, please stop beating yourself up for that Wendy.  You were hurting very bad, and Cam didn’t have it in his heart to tell you why he had to end the friendship in the first place, so please STOP being too hard on yourself.

Wendy: I can’t help it, I mean…………..

Carla: You need to let go of your guilt Child, and leave it behind in the passed.  Focus on what you can do for Cam, and not what you had failed to do………….

Wendy: That’s just it Carla, I hadn’t been there for Cam when he needed me the most…………………

Chelia: Again Wendy, you need to……..

Wendy: Which brings me to what happened later on that night.  I was fast asleep and I wake up hearing Cam throwing up in the bathroom.

Carla, Chelia, & Princess Erika: WHAT?????!!!!!!

Wendy: Yeah, so I don’t hesitate to rush to his side, and when I see him purging I get VERY worried.  After it stops he tells me the real truth about what happened when he was in the military, and how 2 of his soldiers on his squad died right in front of him.  He saw their bodies blow up in front of him, and he hasn’t been able to get rid of the memories that have happened to him that night…………………for this reason he has trouble eating……………..

Princess Erika: HE NEVER TOLD ME ABOUT THAT!!!!!

Chelia: WHAT????!!!!!!

Carla: OH DEAR!!!!  All this time………….none of us have really taken the time to understand Cam……………….

Wendy: He tells me that every night he finds himself sick because he experiences the nightmare of what happened to him that night when in the military.  And when he experiences that nightmare, he can’t get that image of his friends dying in front of him out of his head………………..every night for the passed year he finds himself crying his eyes out and for the first time I saw him crying his eyes out………………….

More tears pour down Wendy’s face…………..

Wendy: The moment I saw Cam cry, it broke my heart…………..I just felt so awful and hopeless……………..I wish I had been there for him when he needed me the most.  I wish I was there to hold him and comfort him when it all happened…………….and I wish I hadn’t been so mean to him or said such awful things to him…………………….I feel like I’ve been a terrible friend……………….

Princess Erika: Wendy it’s okay………………there’s no way you could have known all this..................Cam is VERY sensitive and VERY stubborn when it comes to a sensitive topic like this.........................  

Wendy: It broke my heart the moment he told me that he wish he had died and not his soldiers………………So I wrapped my arms around him and told him not to say anything like that.

Chelia: Wendy it’s okay.  You may not have been there for him when it happened a year ago, but you were there for him when he needed you when you saw him at his worst on Friday night.

Princess Erika: EXACTLY!!!!  Just be glad that you were there when he did need you right then and there!!!!

Carla: You 2 really aren’t so different after all………………

Wendy: I know.  As sad as it made me to see him cry, it was also comforting because I felt like I wasn’t alone anymore.  I also don’t feel so bad for being such a crybaby anymore. *Giggles*

Princess Erika: Hey, I’ve seen Cam cry more times than you’d believe, and if it makes you feel any better, I’m also a crybaby too.  Cam and I are very sensitive, and so are you, and that’s okay.  It means you’re not afraid to show your feelings because it takes a brave heart to cry, and it takes an even braver heart to say why.

Manaka: You have the biggest heart of anyone I know Wendy, and that’s something you should be very proud of.

Wendy: Thank you so much girls.

Chelia: Of course!!!!  We’re always there for each other!!!!

Princess Erika: Exactly!!!!  And even though you weren’t there for Cam when he was in the Air Force, you were there for him when he really needed you on Friday night!!!

Carla: And you can still be there for him when he needs you!!!

Chelia: Yeah, so don’t think about not being there for him in the passed, but be proud that you were there for him at the right time, and be glad that you CAN be there for him now!

Carla: Precisely!!!  You must focus on the here and now, and only look back at the good times you’ve had with your friendship and not the bad.

Wendy: Thank you girls!!!  You’re right!!!!  I can’t keep crying about what I haven’t done, but I should think about the good things I have done, and what I can do.  It’s not too late for me to show Cam how much I really love him………

Chelia: It’s never to late!!!!

Wendy: Speaking of which, during the meteor shower that night, Cam and I well…………………

All Girls: WHAT????????????????!!!!!!!!!!!

Wendy: We almost kissed, but a golf ball hit Cam in the face and interrupted me………….needless to say that Cam was oblivious, and I was a little disappointed, but it’s okay.

Carla: No need to go rushing into things Child……………

Wendy: I know……………

Ayumi: AWWWWWWWWW!!!!  You are so adorable when it comes to your crush on Cam!!!!

Wendy: You’re wrong Ayumi, it’s gone way passed a simple crush…………………I mean I had a crush on him right after he talked to me while I was curled up in a ball crying inside of a barrel after Carla and Chelia yelled at me……………..I had a crush on him after he protected me after we fought against the monsters in the Dungeon of The Town Of Beginnings………….I had a crush on him when he and Herbie raced in The Magic Kingdom Grand Prix…………….I had a crush on him when we first danced during Fantasmic’s World Of Color……......…I had a crush on him when he rescued me from Wendy Koopa’s Castle.............I had a crush on him during the embarrassing moment when my skirt and underwear fell off and his voice pitched after we were turned into kids during our fight with Lemmy.................I had a crush on him when we solved the mystery behind the haunting of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde.............I had a crush on him when we fought against the monster bird.............and I had a crush on him after he and Troy put on that concert in Main Street after Chelia and I did our concert as The Sky Sisters......…….but when it came to the first Christmas celebration later on that year………..my crush turned into outright love, and now my love for him has only gotten stronger…………..whenever I’m with him, my heart always skips a beat………whenever I’m with him, I’m always so happy to be by his side…………whenever I’m with him I just wanna hold him…………..whenever I’m with him, I never want our time together to end………….

Chelia: That’s true love right there………….

Wendy: I just wish Cam knew it though…………..he can be such a silly big dummy for being so oblivious though………..

Princess Erika: Unfortunately being oblivious is hardwired into a boy’s DNA and Cam is no exception.  Heck even Troy was oblivious to Chloe, and Chloe had to confess that she liked him.  

Wendy: REALLY????!!!!!

Princess Erika: Yes!!!!  Troy may not look it, but he was also pretty shy when it came to girls, and had no interest in dating either until Chloe confessed to him.

Wendy: Okay………….I will say that I have noticed a few things that are different with Cam than before………..

Carla: Really?  How so?

Wendy: Well when I kissed him on the cheek in the passed, Cam took it no problem………when I kiss him on the cheek now he blushes and gets embarrassed.  Same thing when I complimented him, he’d just be flattered, but now when I compliment him, he blushes and gets embarrassed.  *Giggles* It’s actually really cute and makes me fall for him even more.

Chelia: AWWWWWWWWWWWWWW!!!!  That must mean that you’re very special to him.

Wendy: I guess, but I don’t wanna get my hopes up.

Princess Erika: After he and Mackenzie started dating, he almost NEVER blushed when she kissed him.  Not even a kiss on the lips made him blush…………..

Chelia: But both of you blushed when you locked lips under the mistletoe during our first Christmas. *Giggles*

Wendy: *BLUSHES BRIGHT PINK* YEAH………..It took us both by surprise…………however whether it was intentional or not doesn’t matter because I’m glad it happened…………because it was then I realized how much I really loved Cam…………………however I didn’t say it out loud because I knew how upset Carla was when it happened.  I also knew how upset you were Erika...................

Carla: You were only 13, and still a young child.  But I guess it’s also me being selfish in not wanting you to grow up so fast.

Princess Erika: And I was just so used to being the only girl in Cam's life, so I selfishly wasn't ready to share him just yet..................

Wendy: I kinda had the feeling that was the case................

Carla: Wendy please know that if you love him you now have my support because it has become quite clear that you both care for one another.  You have grown up so fast, and are very mature for your age.  Cam on the other hand is not as mature as most guys his age despite him being 10 years older than you.

Princess Erika: Well Cam is on the Autistic Spectrum a little more severely than Troy is, and doesn’t function the same way as most other 25-year-olds.  And that is probably why your age gap is more understandable compared to if he wasn't Autistic.  You’re mature for a 15-year-old, he’s not at the same mental level as most other 25-year-olds, so you 2 practically meet in the middle.

Carla: That makes sense to me.

Wendy: Well anyways that doesn’t really matter to me.  Whether Cam is Autistic or not doesn’t matter because I love him for who he is, and the kind heart he has.

Princess Erika: All the more reason why you have my support.

Wendy: Whether our kiss under the mistletoe was intentional or not, it doesn’t matter because it was my first kiss, and it was with my first and only love.  And it meant more to me than I can explain.

All Girls: AWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWW!!!!!

Chelia: All I can say is, don’t ever give up on him.  Keep trying.

Wendy: Thank you. I will never give up!!!!  

Chelia: Yeah, not now that you just got him back and that you've come this far!!!!!  It'd be stupid to give up now!!!!

Princess Erika: And if it makes you feel any better, Cam’s good friend Will turns 21 at the end of next month, and Will’s girlfriend Tracie turns 32 around the same time as well.  So they are practically in the same boat as you and Cam since their age difference is practically the same.

Wendy: REALLY???!!!!  THAT’S WONDERFUL!!!!

Carla: I guess a 10 year age gap really isn’t that big of a deal.

Princess Erika: It really isn’t.  Heck people marry with over a 20-30 year age difference, so Carla just be glad Cam and Wendy’s age difference isn’t as big as 30 years. LOL!!!!

Carla: Oh please, don’t make laugh!!!! *BURST OUT LAUGHING*

Then out of nowhere the Grand Bay Lake Railroad’s Roy O. Disney Number #8 locomotive comes barking up a storm as it steams its way up a 2% percent grade out of Paradise Bay Station and passed the Lamplighter’s Lounge Restaurant blowing it’s whistle with a……………………

WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO, WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO, WHOOO, WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CS9XALzgwWo

And as Roy O. Disney thunders her way up the 2% percent grade, Wendy, Carla, Chelia, Princess Erika, and the rest of the girls all see Cam enjoying a ride in the cab with Robert and Big Joe.

Princess Erika: And of course Cam just had to get himself a ride in the cockpit of the steam train!!!!

Wendy: *Giggles* No surprise knowing Cam!!!!

Carla: But is it me here or is the train much louder here than it was before???!!!!

Chelia: It’s not just you Carla, I’ve noticed that too!!!!

Wendy: I’ve also never seen that particular train before!!!!  It must be new!!!!

Princess Erika: Cam told me that the section of track passed Paradise Bay Station had been closed for a year because of construction of a new giant rollercoaster called Lost In Space.  For this reason the train was only able to do back and forth shuttle service between Paradise Bay and Main Street Stations.
The coaster is said to be THE LONGEST indoor rollercoaster of any ever built.  In fact it’s so long that workmen had to dig VERY DEEP underground under the railroad tracks to build it.  Doing this in turn increased the gradient of the track, so when the trains pass here, they are having to work A LOT harder than they used to.
Unfortunately one of the imagineers who redesigned the layout thought it would be a good idea to build a pedestrian crossing over the tracks just passed the restaurant because when a crossing is built over the tracks, the train crews have no choice but to blow their whistle with 2 long blast followed by a short and then a VERY long blast by Magic Kingdom Railroad Safety Regulations Administration.
This means you have dining guest trying to enjoy a meal pissed off at the train crews for highballing their trains and blowing their whistles loudly while attempting to climb a gradient and following magic kingdom railroad safety regulations, and unfortunately in this case there is nothing that can be done about the train’s noise levels.

Manaka: That makes sense.

Nina: The noise doesn’t bother me, but………..

Sayu: No doubt it drives other people nuts………

Princess Erika: Unfortunately Magic Kingdom Railroad Safety Regulations wins over the guest's enjoyment of a quiet meal, but I’m sure Cam’s not disappointed about that. *Giggles*

Wendy: No doubt!!!! *Giggles*

Carla: But to be honest I’d rather see him have fun on the trains than rush recklessly into another mission.

Wendy: Yeah, me too!!!!  It’s wonderful to have the old Cam that I know and love back!!!!!

Princess Erika: I feel the same way!!!!

Ayumi: Anyways Wendy, please keep telling us about your amazing weekend!!!!

Chisaki: Yeah, I wanna hear more about it!!!!

Wendy: No prob.  So early the next morning, Cam, Herbie and I enjoy a nice time on the beach where we explore some really awesome ocean caves………………

Wendy continues to tell the rest of her friends about her amazing weekend in San Diego with Cam, Herbie, and the guys while Cam continues enjoying his night on the Grand Bay Lake Railroad’s steam train with his old train friends on the engine crews.


To Be Continued…………………

Chapter 30

Herbie’s Attempted Kidnap Goes Wrong


Early the next morning, 2 henchmen named Jarron and Grant set out on a job quest.

Jarron: Okay Grant, you know what to do???!!!

Grant: What is that again???

Jarron: YOU IDIOT, DIDN’T YOU HEAR THE ORDERS DINO GAVE US????!!!! WE’RE SUPPOSED TO FIND THIS CAR HERE IN THE PICTURE, HOTWIRE IT, AND TAKE IT BACK TO DINO SO HE CAN DESTROY IT IN THE CAR SMASHER ASAP!!!!

Grant: OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOH!!!!! How are we gonna do that again????!!!!

Jarron: IDIOT!!!! WE HAVE THE BASIC TOLLS THAT WE NEED!!!! A SET OF WIRE CUTTERS TO CUT THE 2 MAIN IGNITION WIRES, A PAIR OF NEEDLE NOSE PLIERS TO REMOVE THE INSULATION, A SCREW DRIVER TO CLOSE THE CIRCUIT ON THE POWER & GROUND WIRES OF THE IGNITION SYSTEM, AND A HANGER TO UNLOCK THE DRIVER DOOR!!!! AS WELL AS OF COURSE A SET OF HIGH VOLTAGE GLOVES!!!!

Grant: OOOOOOOOOOOOOOHHH!!!!! I GOTCHA!!!! But why would he send us to pick up a piece of junk like a 63 Bug?????!!!!! I mean, wouldn’t he want us to steel a Formula 1 Ferrari, or a Limited Edition Hand Made Ford Mustang Cobra built by Carol Shelby himself, or a Porsche Carrera 911S, or The ALL NEW Aston Martin DB-12, or a Nobel M600, or a Buggatti Cheron Super Sport???!!!! I mean they are worth FAR MORE money than a piece of junk Volkswagen, and not too shabby to drive either!!!!

Jarron: I was wondering the same thing myself, but Dino WANTS that 1963 Bug Number #53 with License Plate Number OFP857 because it apparently humiliated him BIG TIME in the Magic Kingdom Grand Prix and stole his title of Champion.

Grant: Makes sense!!!!

Jarron: Now can we get a move on???!!!! We’re wasting time here!!!!!

Grant and Jarron then climb into oversized Chevrolette Suburban and set off for the Bay Lake Grand Floridian. Upon arrival they search the hotel’s parking lot, and soon find Herbie.

Jarron: There it is Grant!!!!! Take the wheel, I’ll take care of hotwiring the car!!!!

Grant: Okay!!!!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=36UHHJEOYi0

Jarron hops out of the Suburban before Grant hops into the driver’s seat.
Jarron then opens up his toolbox and sets to work on straightening out the hanger. He then makes his way over to Herbie, gently slides the hanger in through the top of the doorway, latches one end of the hanger onto the door handle, pulls up on the door handle, unlocks, and opens Herbie’s driver door.
He then makes his way over to Herbie’s rear end, puts on his high voltage gloves, pops open the rear engine cover, and sets to work on cutting the ignition wires using his wire cutters. He then uses the needle nose pliers to remove the wire insulation on the main power and ground wires for the ignition system before he uses his screw driver to connect the wires, close the circuit, and gets Herbie’s engine to turn over.

Jarron: ALRIGHT GRANT, LET’S GO!!!!

Jarron closes Herbie’s rear engine cover, removes his high voltage gloves, puts his tolls away in the tool box, and hops into Herbie’s driver seat. He then depresses the clutch, shifts Herbie’s transmission into gear, and drives off before Grant follows behind him.

They soon make their way onto the Resort Strip before they pass through Rodeo Drive, pass the Royal Castle, the Main Street Hub, and make their way towards the city’s Metreon Center.

Jarron: DONE & DONE!!!! PIECE OF CAKE!!!! ANY FOOL COULD STEAL A PIECE OF JUNK LIKE THIS!!!! WHY EVEN A 5-YEAR-OLD COULD STEAL THIS STUPID LOOKING ONE CYLINDER HAIR DRYER!!!!

And with that insult Herbie slams on his brakes and stalls RIGHT SMACK DAB in the middle of an intersection leaving Jarron shocked and panicked.

Jarron: HEY, WHAT THE??????!!!!!!!

Grant: WHAT’S WRONG JARRON????!!!!!

Jarron: I DON’T KNOW!!!!! THIS THING STALLED ON ME ALL OF A SUDDEN!!!! THIS STUPID WORTHLESS PIECE OF JUNK!!!!!

Jarron attempts to depress the clutch, move the gearshift, stomp his foot on the throttle, but Herbie does not respond when Grant pulls up behind him. Then there is trouble. Multiple other drivers and cars begin honking their at Jarron and Grant as they remain stalled right out in the middle of the road.

HONK, HONK!!!! BEEP!!!! HONK, HONK!!!! BEEP, BEEP!!!!! HOOOOOOONNNNK, HONK, HONK, HOOOOOOONNNNKKK!!!! BEEP, BEEEP, BEEP, BEEP, BEEP!!!! HONK, HONK, HONK, HONK, HONK, HOOOOONK!!!!!! BEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEP!!!!!

All this honking causes both Jarron and Grant to go absolutely crazy when Jarron snaps.

Jarron: QUIIIIIIIEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEET!!!!!!!!!!!

And with that, all of the honking stops.

Grant: THANK YOU!!!!!

Jarron: OKAY GRANT, JUST GIVE ME A PUSH SO WE CAN BE ON OUR WAY!!!!

Grant: UHHHHH, OKAY, BUT…………..

Jarron: BUT WHAT GRANT????!!!!

Grant: One question!!! Is the car out of gear????!!!!

Jarron: WHAT DO YOU THINK I AM, A BONE HEAD????!!!!! OF COURSE IT’S OUT OF GEAR YOU IDIOT!!!!! NOW PUSH!!!!!

Grant: OKAY!!!!

Grant gently bumps the Suburban up to Herbie’s rear bumper, but he unfortunately bumps him a little too hard causing Herbie to fight back, shift his transmission into reverse, stomp on his throttle, and cause a multi car pile up behind him.

Grant: UH-OH!!!!!!!

As many angry drivers get out of their cars, and attempt to stomp their way up to Grant’s Suburban, Grant drives the Suburban around Herbie and onto the wrong side of the road before he backs up in front of Herbie and gets out of the driver’s seat to talk to Jarron.

Grant: JARRON????!!!!! THEY'RE ON OUR ASSES MAN!!!!!

Jarron: I KNOW!!!!!

Grant: WHAT ARE WE GONNA DO???????!!!!!

Jarron: I DON’T KNOW!!!!!! THINK!!!!! THIS CAR WON’T MOVE UNLESS WE TOW IT OUT OF HERE!!!!

Grant: Then lets tow it out of here!!!!

Jarron: FINALLY YOU THINK OF SOMETHING SMART!!!!

Grant: THANKS JARRON!!!!

Jarron: NOW TIE ON SOME ROPE FROM THE BACK OF YOUR BUMPER TO THE FRONT OF MINE, AND GET ME OUT OF HERE!!!!!

Grant: YES JARRON!!!!

Without hesitation, Grant opens up the trunk of the Suburban, grabs a long rope, crawls underneath the Suburban, ties one end of the rope around the rear axle of the Suburban, and then ties on the other end to the front of Herbie’s bumper.
It isn’t long until the rope is tied good and tight and they’re ready to go just as the police arrive to assess the situation.

Jarron: OH GREAT, THE COPS ARE HERE!!!!

Grant: I SEE!!!!

Jarron: ARE WE TIED ON NICE AND TIGHT???!!!!

Grant: YES!!!!

Jarron: THEN GET US OUT OF HERE!!!!

Grant then jumps into the driver’s seat of the Suburban, throws the transmission into drive and stomps on the throttle, causing all 4 wheels to burn out and make the tires scream. But Herbie doesn’t go out without a fight. He depresses his clutch, throws his transmission into reverse, stomps his throttle all the way to the floor, and fights back.
Grant soon finds his Suburban being pulled back as Herbie’s mighty Twin Barrel Dual Overhead Carburetor 2180 CC Engine redlines and fights with everything it’s got. This leaves Jarron shocked and confused.

Jarron: HEY, WHAT THE????!!!!! WHAT THE HELL IS GOING ON?????!!!!!!

As the 2 cars duke it out on the intersection, there is a HUGE crowd of people shouting and cheering in an uproar round of applause as Herbie stands his ground and tows the giant GMC Suburban in Reverse while poor Grant tries to tow Herbie forwards, but it doesn’t work.
With the rubber burning, and the tires screaming, the game of tug-o-war goes on and on and on until at long last with a BIG and LOUD………….

SNAP!!!!!!

The rope breaks sending Herbie flying back around a bend and the Suburban flying forward until it crashes head on into a Police Chevy Tahoe.
Grant is soon apprehended by the police for reckless and unsafe driving, and causing a multi-car accident.
Herbie then spots Jim West and Artemus Gordon outside of the near by police station, before he opens his driver door, tilts his driver’s seat, and dumps Jarron off right at the curb in front of Jim and Artemus.

Jarron: HEY, WHAT THE????!!!! WOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAAHHHH!!!!!!

Needless to say that both Jim West and Artemus Gordon are NOT happy.

Jim West: YOUNG MAN WHAT DO YOU THINK YOU WERE DOING STEALING THAT CAR????

Jarron: UUUUUUUUUUUHHHHHHHH??????!!!!!!

Artemus Gordon: I THOUGHT SO BECAUSE IT JUST SO HAPPENS THAT WE ARE CLOSE FRIENDS WITH THE OWNER OF THAT CAR, AND YOU JUST COMMITTED A CRIME OF GRAND THEFT!!!!!

Jim West: YOU WILL IMMEDIATELY BE TAKEN TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS KING CAMARO VON LUDWIG FOR INTEROGATION AT ONCE!!!!!

Jarron: NO, PLEASE DON’T!!!!! NO, NO!!!! ANYTHING BUT AN INTEROGATION BY THE KING!!!!!!

Artemus Gordon: WELL YOU CHOSE THE WRONG CAR TO STEAL!!!! NEXT TIME IF YOU STEAL A CAR, DON’T STEAL FROM THE ROYAL KING!!!!!

As Jarron is thrown into the back of Jim West and Artemus Gordon’s Police Range Rover, Herbie makes his way back to the Bay Lake Grand Floridian.
He soon drives right through the hotel’s entrance, and parks right in the hotel’s atrium before shutting off his engine as Johnny 5 wakes up.

Johnny 5: Good Morning Herbie!!!! Glad to see you’re wide awake.

Herbie: Beeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeep!!!!! -_-

Johnny 5 has no idea of what Herbie went through all morning before he woke up.


To Be Continued………………..

Chapter 31

What’s Next?

Later on that morning Cam wakes up bright and early and is already dressed, showered, and ready to go by 10:30 a.m. as he rendezvous with Herbie and Johnny 5 in the lobby of The Grand Floridian.

Cam: Good morning you guys!!!!

Johnny 5: And good morning to you 2 Your Royal Highness Master Cam!!!

Herbie: BEEP, BEEP!!!

Cam: Did you guys sleep well?

Johnny 5: Yeah, we slept alright!!! We sure had a fun night in Siegfried & Roy’s show last night!!!! Did you have a fun night on the train?

Cam: I sure did and I got to catch up with my old friends Eric Heffernan, Jason, Jonathan Bromudez, John Goss, Robert, and Big Joe.
Later on will, Tracie, Sandy, Sam, Evan, Jacob, and I all met up with Will's Mom, Grandma, and little sister in their suite at the Venetian, and we played a few rounds of Uno before calling it a night.

Johnny 5: That’s great to hear Your Royal Highness Master Cam!!!

Cam then notices the broken rope tied on the front of Herbie’s bumper.

Cam: Herbie what have you been up to? Don’t tell me you were in a game of Tug-O-War this morning?

Herbie: BEEP, BEEP!!!!! BEEP, BEEP, BEEP!!!!!

Cam: WHAT?????!!!!!!! 2 THUGS TRIED TO KIDNAP YOU??????!!!!!!!

Johnny 5: YOU UNDERSTOOD THAT TOO????!!!!

Cam: Yes, all too well!!!! JUST GREAT!!!! First Wendy gets kidnapped, and now Herbie too?????!!!!!

Johnny 5: Thankfully the kidnappers were a pair of idiots who were no match for him.

Cam: And Thank God for that!!!!
But with both Wendy and Herbie having been kidnapped only means that my fears stand correct. All of us in the Royal Family are a prime target!!!!

Then out of nowhere police officers Jim West and Artemus Gordon come barging into the hotel’s lobby with Jarron in their custody.

Jim West: Your Royal Highness Cam, you won’t believe it but………..

Cam: Herbie was kidnapped by 2 idiots via hotwiring and wound up in a game of Tug-O-War!!!

Artemus Gordon: How did you know????!!!!

Cam: Herbie told me!!!!

Jim West: Well, here is one of the culprits.

Jarron: Hi there!!!!

Cam then shakes his head at Jarron as he shows a guilty smile.

Cam: Oh boy!!!! Haven’t you learned that Grand Theft is considered a high crime known as a felony where I come from? That’ll land you up to 7 years in the Big House……….

Jarron: I know Sir…………..I’m sorry your highness!!!!

Just then Wendy, Chelia, Carla, and Princess Erika teleport into the Grand Floridian’s lobby and meet up with Cam.

Wendy: Hey Good morning Cam!!!

Princess Erika: Sleep well last night???

Cam: Your timing couldn’t be anymore perfect because it turns out that while we were all asleep, our car Herbie was kidnapped by this idiot…………….what’s your name?

Jarron: WHY SHOULD I HAVE TO GIVE MY NAME????!!!!

Cam: Because you’re practically standing in front of the Royal Family!

Jim West: This guy stole your car by a means of illegal hotwiring, and wound up in a game of Tug-O-War at an intersection in the city’s Metreon Center District.

Artemus Gordon: And this culprit’s accomplice ran his SUV head-on into a police SUV, and severely injured the driver. Luckily he’s in stable condition at the hospital, and the passenger’s injuries were minor. The accomplice is awaiting interrogation at the police station for the moment.

Cam: We’re not back even 24 hours and we already have a second attempted kidnapping.

Chelia: First Wendy is kidnapped, and now Herbie!!!!

Carla: This must mean that Cam was right!!! Every one of us is a prime target and no one is safe!!!!

Cam: That is correct!!!! This must mean that The Horned King is onto us just as I feared, and is trying to take us out one by one.

Jarron: If you think I’ll tell you who sent us, then you are dead wrong!!!!

Cam: I already to know that you’re working indirectly for the Horned King.

Jarron: I don't know what you are talking about!!!! All I know is that Grant and I were ordered to car-jack the Number #53 to be destroyed!!!! That's all I know!!!!

Cam: Grant???!!! We have the name of the accomplice!!!!

Jarron: OOPS!!!!!!

Cam: You also told me your orders of having my car taken to be destroyed, and anyone who tries to destroy Herbie is already my enemy!!!!
Jim, Artemus; Take him away!!!!!

And like that, Jarron is carried back off to the back of Jim West and Artemus Gordon’s Police Range Rover and taken to the police station for detaining.

Cam: Unbelievable!!!!

Carla: Really is a good thing that guy was stupid!!!!

Wendy: Yeah, no one hurts our friend and gets away with it!!!

Cam: Got that right!!!! However I dread interrogating him and his accomplice Grant………anyways Herbie, let’s fix the ignition wires that were cut when hot-wired.

Herbie pops open his trunk bonnet before Cam reaches in and pulls out his tool box. He then opens up his item storage and selects a portable welding torch before he makes his way over to Herbie’s rear end, and pops open Herbie’s engine cover.
He then puts on his high voltage gloves, gets out his wire cutters, and removes more insulation off the severed wires.
He then gets out his wire splicing and heat shrink tubing kit, places on wire splices on one end of each severed wire, and slides heat shrink tubes on the other ends of the severed wires. Then using a crimping tool, Cam crimps the wire splices onto the severed wires before getting out his roll of solder and lighting up his welding torch. In no time, Cam has the severed wires soldered back together, and at long last covers the wire splices with the protective heat shrink tubing before using the welding torch to heat shrink the tubing down to size.

Cam: Alrighty Herbie, give that a try.

With the ignition wires repaired, Herbie starts up his engine without any problems.

Cam: Boo & Yeah!!!! Nothing to it!!!

Princess Erika: THAT'S MY BROTHER!!!!

Wendy: AMAZING!!!!

Chelia: WOW, THAT WAS SO COOL!!!!

Carla: VERY IMPRESSIVE!!!! I’ve never seen anyone fix a car before.

Cam: It’s really not that difficult to fix severed ignition wires. All it takes is basic electrical knowledge, and knowing which wires are your main power and ground, and which wires close the circuit. Thankfully Herbie was built during a time when ignition systems were simple open and closed circuits, and NOT the complex computers we see in cars of today.

Princess Erika: It’s so awesome that you know all this stuff Cam!!!!

Ayumi: I don’t think I’ve asked this, but how old is Herbie again?

Cam: Herbie was built at the Volkswagen plant in Germany by Dr. Gustav Stumpfel in 1963. And since the year is now 2020 that would make Herbie 57-years-old.

Nina: WOW, THAT’S AMAZING!!!!

Manaka: He has us all beat when it comes to age!!!!

Cam: Yep!!! Herbie is by far the oldest out of any of us, but he’s showing no signs of being ready for retirement anytime soon.

Wendy: That’s a relief!!! *Giggles*

Just then Rami and Toby show up, and then Troy and Princess Chloe arrive after teleporting from their world.

Rami: Hey Buddy!!!!

Cam: Good to see you again Rami & Toby!!!!

Troy: I just got your text.

Princess Chloe: Hey everyone it’s good to see you all!!!!

Chelia: HEY CHLOE, WELCOME BACK!!!!

Carla: It’s been way too long Child!!!

Wendy: I MISSED YOU SO MUCH CHLOE!!!!

Manaka: It’s so good to see you again Princess Chloe!!!

Princess Chloe: AWWWWWWWWW, Thanks girls!!!!!! I really missed you too!!!!

Cam: Well your timing couldn’t be anymore perfect because things keep going from bad to worse.

Troy: UH-OH!!!!

Cam: UH-OH is right!!!! First Wendy was kidnapped, and then early this morning Herbie was kidnapped. But luckily the kidnappers were idiots who chose to hotwire the wrong Car, and Herbie knows how to outsmart anyone stupid enough to mess with him. However given that both Wendy and Herbie have been kidnapped this means that EVERY single one of us right here in The Royal Family is a prime target.
The Horned King knows that we are shutting down the temples now that 3 of em have been cleared, and wants us all apprehended before we can do any further damage to his plan for world’s domination and destruction.

Carla: Very well said Cam!!!! This means nobody here is safe when alone. I’d say if we all want to be safe we all need to stay together when it comes to to going out or taking shelter.

Cam: And if any of us wants to branch off, we need to have a buddy system going on.

Carla: Precisely!!!! Which is why to be safe, the girls and I will be staying here in the hotel with you Cam. Your suite can accommodate up to a good number of people right?

Cam: It can sleep 4 in each bedroom since both bedrooms have a King Bed, and the pullout sofas are Queen Sized. The living room section features 3 Queen Sized pull out sofas, and can therefor sleep 6 people total with there being 2 per bed. So the 2 bedrooms can sleep 8, plus another 6 in the living room and that’s a total of 14. Plus there are 2 full bathrooms with dual sink vanities, and a small powder room, plus a stackable washer & dryer.

Carla: That is perfect!!!! Which bedroom do you use?

Cam: I use the bedroom attached directly to the main living room suite of Suite Number #7515. Troy sleeps in the separate bedroom that can actually close off into it’s own section, and that’s room Number #7519.
You and Chelia have slept in the living room while Wendy tends to sleep in my room along with Erika.

Carla: Very well. So Wendy, Chelia, Erika, and I will sleep in your bedroom, while Ayumi, Nina, Manaka, Sayu, Miuna, and Chisaki can sleep in the living room.

Troy: Cam and I can sleep in my room, Number #7519.

Cam: Sounds fair. This way both the guys and girls get privacy from one another when it comes to getting ready.

Carla: I like the sound of that.

Princess Chloe: Where should I sleep.

Carla: I can sleep comfortably in my cat form, so you can sleep with us in the girls room.

Princess Chloe: Perfect!!!!

Troy: And that way Cam and I get our own beds in my room since we're both much bigger.

Cam: And that works for me. As for Rami, Toby, Jim West, Artemus Gordon, Dorion, and Haji…………..

Just then Dorion and Haji arrive, and both Jim West and Artemus Gordon return after throwing Jarron behind bars.

Cam: Perfect timing!!!!! I was just saying, I’ll get you guys rooms close to our suite so we all stay close given that we’re all targets.

Dorion: That sounds like a good plan!!!!

Jim West: Unfortunately that idiot we just apprehended won’t speak, so we just threw him in the brig.

Cam: Fair enough. We will interrogate him and his accomplice Grant later.
As for Poe, Finn, Ramsley, and Helmsley, they’ll take turns guarding Herbie and Johnny 5 here in the lobby, and will rotate in shifts while some sleep.

Poe: Sounds fair enough.

Carla: That sounds like a very good and safe plan. Let’s just hope it works.

Cam: But one question, and that is why are we all cramping up in Troy’s and my hotel suite? I mean, couldn’t we instead all stay in the castle or underwater Kingdom?

Carla: Because those places are off limits to civilians making it easier for the Horned King’s henchmen to capture one of us with no witnesses. Where as if we’re in a hotel full of guests, one of us getting captured would cause panic across the Magic Kingdom given that the Horned King’s henchmen would have innocent civilians as witnesses. And if one of us is kidnapped in front civilians, The Horned King’s henchmen’s kidnapping would therefor be fully exposed as would their plans.

Cam: You do make a valid point. Also we can’t leave out that this is THE MOST expensive hotel in all of the ENTIRE Magic Kingdom, and guests staying here are paying top dollar. And if any of them were to witness one of us getting kidnapped by the Horned King’s henchmen, it would not only get put on social media, but guests would question the safety of staying at this hotel along with all the others. Tourism could decline, and everyone staying here would report the incident and in turn expose The Horned King’s henchmen along with his motives preparing us for an all out war. To top it off this hotel has cameras EVERYWHERE except out in the parking lot, and if there’s video footage capturing a kidnapping then that fully exposes the Horned King’s henchmen as well as his plan.

Carla: Precisely!!!! Which is why we must all head back to the castle and Underwater Kingdom, grab some of our belongings, and set up camp here in this hotel.
Also another question, was Herbie out in the parking lot when he was kidnapped?

Cam: Yes he was!!!! Every night after he drops me off here in the lobby, he moves out to the parking lot in order to allow the hotel staff to clean the lobby.

Carla: That is understandable, but no longer safe at this point.

Cam: That’s what I was thinking, so it’s best that Herbie stay here in the lobby under the protection of the Royal Guards as they take turns guarding him and Johnny 5 in shifts.

Carla: That’s exactly what I was thinking now that the Horned King is onto us.

Cam: As for the buddy system, no one shall leave alone except for me when it comes to business related issues. Otherwise we can't branch off without a partner or have to be in a group. This way 2 or more have a better fighting chance against an enemy.

Carla: Precisely!!!! Which leads us in needing to discuss our next plan of attack.

Wendy: But before we discuss that, Cam and I must tell you something that’s very important……………..

Cam: That we must...........

Troy: Would that be what Impa told us after we cleared the Shadow Temple?

Cam: That’s exactly what we must tell Carla about since it seriously involves her.

Carla: Alright, please tell me what it is you must tell me…………..

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aMVv7JIYKl4&t=1s

Cam: Impa The Sage Of The Shadows is the soul survivor of her tribe known as The Takuna Tribe. They lived on the border of the continent known as Extalia, and were close allies with the Extalians that lived in the Kingdom of the nation on the continent of Extalia. In fact the Takuna Tribe’s closest allies were the Exceeds residing in the Extalian Kingdom and together they served the Royal Family for hundreds of years until the passing of both King Arthur and his loyal knight Sir Lancelot.
However on a fateful night a VERY LONG time ago…………………..

Troy: King Drago and Queen Xayide’s army invaded the continent of Extalia, and literally destroyed it. All of those on the Takuna Tribe along with all the Exceed cats were killed……………

Wendy: All except for the Exceed’s Royal Queen, Queen Chagotte who was guarding her egg………….

Troy: Along with Impa who barely managed to survive the attack…………..

Cam: Queen Chagotte was fatally wounded as she guarded her baby, but thankfully because Impa was still alive, she was able to fulfill the queen’s dying wish.

Wendy: And that was to have her precious baby saved………….

Cam: Impa made a promise to Queen Chagotte to protect her unborn child with her life, and so she died. Impa then took the egg, traveled here to the Magical Royal City of Grand Bay Lake and placed the egg in the throne room of The Royal Castle, and had it heavily guarded 24-7 for her protection.
And because Impa also had an obligation to find the next heir to the throne, she used the last of her magic to place a spell on the egg that would prevent the child from being born until the time was right in the hopes that the child would find the next heir to the throne. Impa then died shortly after placing the spell on the egg.
On February 27th of 2002, the egg hatched, and the daughter of Queen Chagotte was finally born………………

Carla: WAIT, FEBRUARY 27th 2002?????!!!!!! THAT’S MY DATE OF BIRTH!!!!!!

Cam: There is no easy way for us to tell you this and I’ve tried to tell you this since I got back from the Shadow Temple, but rescuing Wendy became the top priority, and before I could tell you, you were taken into protective custody in the Underwater Kingdom…………….

Cam then opens up his item storage, and selects Queen Chagotte’s Royal Crown and Carla’s Royal Tiara……………..

Cam: Impa gave these to me to give to you because they rightfully belong to you…………….

Carla: Wait, it can’t be????!!!!!

Cam that is the Queen’s royal crown along with the princess’s royal tiara that Queen Chagotte’s baby would receive when she reached the rightful age of 13…………………..

Troy: We really don’t know how to tell you this, but…………..

Cam: The Daughter of the Extalian Exceed Queen...……………

Wendy: Is you Carla…………..

Cam: Your mother loved you very much, and protected you with everything she had. In fact she didn’t care what happened to her. All that mattered to her was your safety and she died happy knowing that Impa was protecting you with her life, and making sure that you’d have a good future that you wouldn’t have had if you stayed in Extalia………….

Troy: You are THEE Royal Princess of the fallen Kingdom Extalia and in turn a close ally of the Royal Family……………

Cam: Your mother had the gift of clairvoyance, and knew you’d have a good future if Impa took you to safety. Before she died, she passed on her gift of Clairvoyance to you.

Carla: It can’t be…………….all this time………..I……………..

The tears soon start pouring down Carla’s face.

Cam: You were raised in the care of the castle’s attendants in the hopes you’d find the next heir. As luck would have it, your clairvoyance guided you to a small village known as Nirvana that had been ravaged by King Drago and Queen Xayide’s army where you found Wendy who had inherited the powerful Sky Magic of the Great Sky Goddess Grandeeney. You noticed and felt her magic powers emanating from her, and saw that she had lost her family. That is when you had the castle attendants take her to the Royal Castle because you had found the next heir to the Royal Throne. And that heir was Princess Wendy Marvell. However you saw in your visions of King Drago and Queen Xayide coming after her, and had to find a way to protect her and fast. A decoy was your safest alternative, and as fate would have it, a teenage girl named Sherry Blendy along with her MUCH younger cousin Chelia were traveling across the Magic Kingdom broke and with no home. Sherry thought it would be a good idea to see if Chelia could have a home here in The Royal Castle, and that is when Sherry and Chelia met you and made an agreement. In exchange for a good life in a sheltered home in the Castle, Chelia would have a Sky Magic Lacrima implanted in her, and would act as the decoy princess to protect Wendy. But unfortunately this plan backfired because giving her magic powers made her an actual heir in line for the throne and made her another target for King Drago and Queen Xayide. That is when you had no choice but to erase their memories of them being the Royal Princesses, and made up the story of them being hand maidens for the Royal Princesses that were to be sought, when you were actually waiting for the right decoys.
As fate would have it those decoy princesses Chloe and Mackenzie showed up 3 years ago, but some of your memories had been altered implying that both Wendy and Chelia had been best friends of Chloe and Mackenzie for a long time, when in reality you didn’t really know Chloe and Mackenzie at all.

Troy: Chloe and Mackenzie did have the obligation of finding Cam and I implanted in their memories. However that obligation was actually your main objective Carla. It was really you who was seeking us out when you didn't even know or realize it. You were also trying to find the next Royal King and Loyal Knight, and somehow you, Wendy, and Chelia got ahold of us in the right place at the right time.
Because it was shortly after we met you when Cam removed The Legendary Sword Excalibur from it’s pedestal in the tomb of King Arthur, made the contract with God and King Arthur, and accepted all conditions that came with the contract including The Royal Throne, and in turn making me the Loyal Knight.

Cam: All of this was for seen by your mother Queen Chagotte Of Extalia because she knew the fate of The Magic Kingdom depended on your safety and wellbeing. Although your memories have been altered somehow, the task Impa passed down to you was all in all successfully carried out.

Wendy: You have successfully found and formed the New Royal Family Carla, and you should be proud.

Troy: And although we’re not all biologically related, the bond we have is very strong in turn making us family.

Carla: All this time……………I………….I……………

Cam: You did everything right……………this is how your mother Queen Chagotte would have wanted things to turn out.

Wendy: He’s right!!!!

Troy: I know this is a lot to swallow, but this was all destined to happen…………..

Carla: I……………..I………………..

From all the shock of her being a princess of a fallen kingdom, and hearing how her mother sacrificed her life to protect her, Carla falls unconscious and transforms back into her exceed cat form before Wendy catches her in her arms.

Wendy: OH NO, CARLA!!!!! CARLA ARE YOU OKAY????!!!!! CARLA PLEASE SAY SOMETHING!!!!!!

Manaka: Oh dear, the poor girl………………

Wendy, Chelia, and Princess Erika immediately set to work on using their healing magic on Carla, and after a few minutes Carla slowly opens her eyes.

Wendy: Carla????!!!!! Are you okay???

Cam: Is there anything we can do?

Carla: Just how……………….how could I have been so foolish…………….how could I not have known that I was the Royal Princess of a fallen kingdom????!!!!!

Cam & Wendy: Carla, please don’t worry about that!!!

Cam: Again your mother loved you with all her heart, even though you were still just an egg. You were the most important thing in the world to her, and all that mattered was your safety.

Carla: But still……………….how could I…………….

Chelia: Carla, it’s okay!!!! We’re all here for you!!!!

Princess Erika: Yeah, and we’ll always be here for you no matter what!!!!!

Troy: We may not be family by blood, but we’re family by bond!!! Your mom made sure that Impa insured your safety so you’d have a good life.
You finding all of us was meant to happen. Your mom foresaw it, and now that we’re all together, it is now up to us to save the Magic Kingdom, and protect it from the clutches of evil.

Cam: And if escaped prisoners from Gerudo Valley Fortress are now taking residence in the ruins of the fallen Kingdom on the continent of Extalia, then that means there is still hope to rebuild it.

Wendy: EXACTLY!!!!

Chelia: We may not be able to fix the passed…………..

Troy: Because there is nothing in the passed for us to fix…………..However we can rebuild for a beautiful new future.

Princess Erika: We were all brought together for a reason, and that is to protect The Magic Kingdom, and make it a better place than it was before!!!!

Cam: And since Wendy and I discussed on expanding the Catholic Church throughout the Magic Kingdom, and we know it won’t be an easy task, but that doesn’t mean it can’t be done. With that being said, the Kingdom on Extalia maybe in ruins, but that doesn’t mean we can’t rebuild it.

Troy: And if there is one good thing that came out of The Second Civil War in America, it is that both the Union and Confederate have reunited together, and are working together to rebuild our broken nation together. Not as Republicans, not as Democrats, not as Independents, but as Americans, and they’re all picking up the pieces little by little.

Cam: And if America can do it after a Civil War, so can we as soon as the Horned King is sent back to Hell where he belongs.

Princess Erika: We’re younger, we’re stronger, and more abled than our leaders back in our nation in our world. And although we may not have the experience in running a nation the way they do, with the love and support we have for each other, and for our people, we are more than capable of rebuilding The Magic Kingdom.

Troy: You are right as always Erika!!! You hit the nail on the head.

Cam: If we stick together and help each other through this, then nothing will stand in our way.

Wendy: Yeah!!!!

Carla: Thank you so much…………..for everything…………..you’re all very kind, and you all make a valid point.
My mother didn’t sacrifice her life to protect me all for nothing. She sacrificed it for my safety so I could find all of you, and so all of us can protect and restore The Magic Kingdom as a family.
However, I will make it my solemn duty to rebuild The Fallen Kingdom on Extalia once The Horned King Is Destroyed.

Cam: And you will always have our support.

Wendy: No matter what happens, we’ll always support each other, and help each other through hard times.

Troy: Cam and I may be battered and weary from The Second Civil War, but we are not beaten.

Cam: We maybe threatened, but we are not backing down from this fight. We will never give up, and we will never surrender. If the Horned King knows what we’re up to, then all I can say is good riddance because we’re going after him as soon as we finish shutting down the temples and destroying all of his monsters that reside in all of them.

Wendy: Right!!! As the Rulers Of The Magic Kingdom, we’re taking him down, and we’ll do it as a team!!!

Just then the Alicorns Celestia, Luna, Cadence, and Twilight arrive.

Celestia: I’m sorry we weren’t here earlier!!!

Luna: But we heard everything you just said, and we’re on board.

Cadence: If ever you need our support you have it!!!!

Twilight: No matter what happens we’ll always have your back!!!!

Troy: Because that’s what families do!!! They support one another and always have each other’s backs!!!!

Cam: Forgive me for saying this girls, but The Horned King has chosen to Fuck with the wrong Kingdom.

Wendy: -_- Even with the warning, I REALLY HATE IT when you use profanity!!!
However I completely agree with you. He’s chosen to mess with the wrong rulers, and should know that we’re not backing down without a fight.

Cam: So together, we will shut down these temples, destroy The Horned King, and then restore The Magic Kingdom to not just the way it used to be, but better!!!!

Wendy: YEAH!!!!

Carla: Very well!!!! And when we restore the Magic Kingdom, I will make sure that The Kingdom On Extalia gets restored!!!!

Princess Erika: And with the love and support we all have for each other, anything is possible!!!!

Everybody: YEAH!!!!

Cam: Now let’s move onto our plan of attack in storming The Forest Temple!!!
Dorion, Haji, Rami, Toby, Jim West, and Artemus Gordon, do you guys have the sections of the map?

Dorion: Yes we do!!!!

One by one, Dorion, Haji, Rami, Toby, Jim West, and Artemus Gordon all open up their item storage units, and select the treasure chests containing the sections of the map.
Cam then opens up his item storage unit, and selects the Silver Keys along with The Hour Glass Of Time.
Using each silver Key, Cam opens up each treasure chest one by one before he removes all 3 sections of the giant map.

Cam: Alrighty, now to piece this thing together…………

Troy: Let me give you a hand with that!!!

Princess Erika: Me too!!!!

Cam, Troy, and Princess Erika waste no time in piecing together the giant map leading to The Forest Temple.

Cam: Alright!!!! It’s as we were all told.

Johnny 5: The Forest Temple is located back in Cam, Troy’s, and Princess Erika’s world known as Earth Land, and the only way to get there is by a train located in the Colorado Rockies.

Cam: It’s right off the Silverton Branch of the Denver & Rio Grande Western………………

Wendy: Do you have any idea on how to get there?

Carla: The area is so isolated that not even my clairvoyance can find it?

Cam: That is no problem because it just so happens that I know the Silverton Branch of the Denver & Rio Grande Western Narrow Gauge Railroad VERY WELL. In fact it’s where I got certified as a steam locomotive engineer many years ago.

Troy: For once, THANK GOD you know your stuff when it comes to railroad lines!!!!

Johnny 5: No trains are running on the Elbe & Tocoma Railroad line because a Portal has been stuck open between Eatonville and Tocoma. Any train that runs through that portal may end up in unchartered territory, which is why train service has stopped, Tocoma is losing business, and weeks of freight and cargo are piling up at the Harbor in Eatonville.

Cam: Then the only way to close the portal is to possibly defeat the monster in the Forest Temple.

Johnny 5: No idea if that will work, but it’s a start.

Cam: There are a few obstacles we face, and one of them is getting ahold of a train since Raton, the locomotive we used last time is in storage back in my world, and the Glennbrooke locomotive belongs to the Big Joe from my world.
That leaves us needing to commandeer one of the trains from The Grand Bay Lake Railroad, and one that’s capable of running through the Colorado Rockies on the Silverton Branch.

Princess Erika: If you want, you can use mine in the Under water Kingdom!!!!

Cam: It could take too much time and effort getting a hold of a giant crane to lift it out of the Royal Palace under water, and then it must be loaded onto a barge to ship it back to the City. Plus that engine has never turned a wheel or been fired up since she steamed out of the Mandez Manufacturing plant. It would take more than 9 hours to get her up to operating pressure of 150 pounds, and would have to undergo multiple shake down runs to work out all the bugs. Plus time is not on our side, and we have to head to The Forest Temple first thing tomorrow!!!!

Princess Erika: I never thought of that, but you make a good point!!!!!

Troy: If you and Princess Erika can commandeer The HMHS Britannic II, then commandeering a Grand Bay Lake Railroad Steam Train should be nothing!!!!

Cam: True, and since I have connections with the railroad’s management and train crew, I should be able to borrow one of the trains for a full 24 hours if need be since it’s a weekday, and not as many trains are needed to run on weekdays.
Though our options will be limited since we WILL NEED one of the bigger locomotives to handle the steep grades and long treacherous journey through the San Juan National Forest.

Troy: The San Juan National Forest is where the Forest Temple is located!!!! In fact it’s not too far from Cascade Canyon.

Cam: Perfect!!!! With that being said, locomotives Emma Nevada Number #2, Roger E. Broggie Number #7, or Roy O. Disney Number #4 maybe our best bet.

Troy: Though I don’t recommend the 2 train sets with the forward facing seats since they’d be rather uncomfortable to ride in for a full 8 hour round trip.

Cam: Then that means it will have to be Emma Nevada and her train for sure since ONLY her first car is open air, and it faces sideways along with the fact it has Velvet seats. The second car is a combine, and the remaining 3 are closed coaches along with a long caboose at the end. Plus it’s the only train that features heating and air-conditioning.
And besides a Class 8-18D 2-6-0 Mogul is just powerful enough to manage the journey.

Troy: Perfect!!!!
But here’s another issue. I MUST return back home to our world for school and work!!!! But since The Horned King doesn’t really dare send anyone to our world, I should be safe as long as I ONLY go back home for school and work. I’ll return here EVERY night for safety using teleportation.

Princess Erika: I haven’t missed many days, so I guess I can call in sick for 2 days and help you out!!!

Cam: Okay!!!

Ayumi: Now that I think about it, we can’t miss much school either!!!!

Nina: Yeah, we’re already missing enough as we are by skipping out on half of today. Plus all the time we missed when we were traveling on the giant boat.

Carla: That is understandable!!!!

Wendy: Chelia and I will still go!!!!

Chelia: Because we’re The Royal Princesses of The Magic Kingdom, we can skip out when need be since our Royal Obligations take equal priority as our education.

Carla: I will go too since the exception also applies to me.

Cam: Plus you’re also a Royal Princess, so you also have your Royal Obligations too.

Carla: Yes, and if I want to rebuild Extalia, I need to embark on these missions when I can.

Princess Chloe: I maybe out of school now, but I currently work at a Tilted Kilt back in my world, and I have a VERY busy schedule, but I would like to be informed about what goes on.

Cam: Fair enough. Do you think you’ll be able to return back here to The Bay Lake Grand Floridian on a nightly basis to be safe?

Princess Chloe: Yes!!! I can ask to be off at 8 instead of 9, and around 9:00 I can teleport back here along with Troy.

Princess Erika: That’s PERFECT!!!!

Jim West: We unfortunately need to sit this one out because we must make sure that the prisoners we just caught stay in our custody.

Artemus Gordon: We will try further interrogation even though we have a good idea on who sent them, but I’m not counting on anything.

Cam: No problem.

Rami: Toby and I also have a race coming up tomorrow and Wednesday, but unfortunately our High Performance Hyper Racers will unfortunately not be ready to go until Thursday, and that will be too late.

Troy: Brake rotors are shot, both need new clutches, plus the engines need major tune ups including new timing belts. This requires the engines having to be taken out of the cars!!!

Rami: Would it be possible for us to borrow Herbie?

Cam: Well Herbie unfortunately is unable to fit on a Grand Bay Lake Railroad Train given that no full baggage cars were built. Since neither of you are really fighters and if this race is that important then I don’t see why you can’t have Herbie at your disposal when need be. Just bring him back to the Hotel as soon when you guys are done with the races.

Toby: Yes Sir!!!!

Dorion: Haji and I need to keep our weapons shop going, but if you’d like we can gladly service your weapons.

Cam: I understand, and servicing our weapons is more than enough. If not all of us can go on these missions then it’s understandable. Just do what you can. If you can’t storm one temple, there is always another one to storm later on.

Johnny 5: I will still accompany you!!!!

Cam: Thank you Johnny 5! We will need your calculations to help us get there, however we will have to figure out how we’re gonna get our train onto the Durango & Silverton Railroad line’s track with their busy time table unless…………………….

Wendy: Unless what Cam?......................

Cam then looks at The Hour Glass Of Time and realizes that it has more than just the power of time travel.

Cam: OF COURSE, WHY DIDN’T I THINK OF IT BEFORE?????!!!!!

Wendy: What is it Cam?

Cam: The Hour Glass Of Time must have more than just the power of Time Travel. If this is The Hour Glass Of Time then it must have the ability to stop time, and then restore it when need be!!!!!

Carla: OF COURSE!!!!! Otherwise The Horned King wouldn’t be dying to get his hands on it!!!!!

Cam: I’m beginning to think that The Hour Glass Of Time maybe one of our MOST important tools on not just this quest but many others yet to come.

Carla: I have a feeling it will Child!!!!

Chelia: Okay, so I take it we have a rough idea on who’s going and whose not going on this next mission?

Cam: Correct! It looks like it’ll just be you, Princess Erika, Wendy, Carla, and myself. Johnny 5 will stay on the train since he can’t really fight.
The Alicorns will stay behind and help the Royal Guards protect Manaka, and the rest of the girls when need be.
Jim West and Artemus Gordon have the Magic Kingdom Police Force to take care of while Dorion & Haji of course need to keep their business going which I understand.
And since Herbie can’t fit on a Grand Bay Lake Train since there’s no baggage car, plus Rami and Toby aren’t really fighters, they might as well borrow Herbie for their races tomorrow and Wednesday.
Troy has work at Uncle Walter’s Gaming Corporation, and Princess Chloe has her job, so that just leaves us 5.
But EVERYONE will be Qed in on what’s going on. Everybody is in the know of our plan of attack, and that’s what matters.

Wendy: Right because we are a team!!!

Cadence: It might actually be a good idea if I tagged along as well!!!

Twilight: Yeah, Celestia, Luna, and I can help protect everyone, and I’m sure Cam and Wendy can use the extra help.

Carla: Very well!!!

Cam: After we finish wrapping up this meeting, I will head over to the railroad’s roundhouse and have a talk with the engine crews as well as the railroad’s managers in getting us a train.
I will then wake up bright and early tomorrow morning to help the crews get the train ready given that steam locomotives require A LOT of work.
Once we’re ready, I’ll notify you girls, and we’ll be on our way. Once we reach the portal that will take us to Durango, I will use The Hour Glass Of Time to stop time, so we don’t mess up the Durango & Silverton Narrow Gauge Railroad’s busy timetable.
Once we reach Cascade Canyon in the San Juan National Forest, we will follow the map that will take us to the temple.
Once there, we will storm the Temple and take out the boss.

Wendy: AWESOME!!!!

Carla: Sounds like a good plan!!!!

Cam: Another challenge is on how to work this thing………….time traveling won’t do us any good; it’s stopping time that we need, so we’ll have our work cut out for us.

Chelia: But if we work together, I’m sure we can figure it out!!!!

Wendy: Yeah!!!! I have just recently learned to use the Sky Magic’s Secret Art Milky Way Spell, so maybe that can help!!!!

Cam: Maybe if we combine our powers that should do the trick!!!!

Carla: I think you 2 maybe onto something!!!!

Chelia: With the bond you 2 share, you 2 are unstoppable, so we are sure to find a way!!!!

Wendy: Yeah!!!! We’ll figure it out!!!

Princess Erika: I know you 2 will!!!

Cam: When there is a will, then there is a way.

Carla: You 2 weren’t chosen to bare the Royal Amulets Of The Magic Kingdom on the back of your hands for nothing!!!!

Cam: I don’t know what it is, but they’ve been resonating A LOT lately……………

Wendy: Yeah, and they always resonate out of nowhwere……………..

Celestia: My best guess is the 2 of you are becoming more powerful, and as your power increases, the more the Royal Amulets on the back of your hands resonate.

Carla: I guess that would make sense.

Cam: Okay, so we have an idea of what we’re doing. Wendy, Chelia, Carla, Erika, Cadence, Johnny 5, and I will commandeer the Emma Nevada Number #2 Engine and her consist bright and early tomorrow morning. The first train departs Durango at 9:00 a.m., so we will NEED to be up SUPER early to get out of here!!! Best we head out of here at 7:30 a.m. sharp. This means, I will NEED to be at the roundhouse at 4:30 a.m., which is gonna suck, but firing up and preparing a steam engine takes a long time, plus the train must make an entire cycle around the city in order to fill out the opening safety check list before the train can enter service.
Once in service, I will notify all of you girls and Johnny 5 to teleport to Main Street Train Station, and again WE MUST depart out of here at 7:30 a.m.
Once we reach the portal between Eatonville and Tocoma, we will steam through before we stop. Combining our magic, Wendy and I will activate the Hour Glass Of Time in order to stop time.
Once time is stopped, we will take on more water and Bio-Diesel before we continue our 45 mile journey up through the Animas River Gorge and stop in Cascade Canyon.
Using his data, Johnny 5 will stay in contact with the girls and me via phone call on the Ipad to direct us to find both the compass and the map.
Once we have the compass and the map, we will end the call, and it will be up to Johnny 5 to guard the train along with the crew.
Wendy, Chelia, Carla, Erika, Cadence, and I will then storm the Temple and take out the boss.
Once the boss is taken out, and we’ve met with the Sage Of The Forest, we will make our return trip home, but before we go back through the portal taking us home, Wendy and I will need to deactivate The Hour Glass Of Time, and restore time.
Once we’re back here, it’ll be back to the drawing board to discuss our next plan of attack.

Troy: Okay. So after The Forest Temple, how many Temples will remain again?

Cam: There are a total of 7 Temples, and so far The Wind Temple, Water Temple, and Shadow Temples have been cleared. The Forest Temple is the one we’re gonna storm tomorrow, and we’ll then have The Sky Temple, Spirit Temple, and Fire Temples remaining. But they will ONLY get harder and harder the more we advance, and the more we advance, the more The Horned King will try to fight us.
We can’t afford to let down our guards.
And with that being said, are well all ready to end the meeting?

Carla: I would think so!!!!

Wendy: Ready when you are Cam!!!

Cam: Alrighty, Meeting adjourned. Now let’s go Herbie, we must talk with the train crews.
The rest of you continue about your day with school and work, we’ll meet back here by 5:00 O-Clock.


To Be Continued……………….

Chapter 32

Journey To Durango

Early the next morning Cam and Herbie arrive at The Grand Bay Lake Railroad’s Roundhouse at 4:30 a.am. sharp.
Shortly after Herbie parks outside the roundhouse doors, Engineers Jason and Thomas soon arrive along with OE Mechanics Danny, Bruno, Franny, Al, Doug, and Jim.
Cam soon gets out of Herbie’s driver’s seat and sets to work.

Cam: Thanks Herbie!!!  Be safe on your way back!!!

Herbie: BEEP, BEEP!!!!

And with that Herbie drives off and heads back to the Grand Floridian.

Jason: Good Morning Cam.

Thomas: Hey!!!

Cam: Good morning you guys!!!!

Jim: Hey guys, so which train is it you guys will be taking?

Cam: We’ll be taking Emma Nevada Number #2 along with her consist.

Jim: Okay, do you have any idea how long you will be out?

Cam: I plan on bringing her back tonight, but I will make sure she doesn’t get a scratch.

Al: I’ve got your promise; not a scratch, okay?

Cam: You got it!!! LOL!!!
Okay, you guys, let’s get to work!!!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KNfkr1vJ4As

Cam, Jason, and Thomas then set to work on preparing Emma Nevada.  Cam crawls into the drop pit below and starts greasing the fittings on the valve gear, and then sets to work on oiling up the valve gear eccentrics as Jason and Thomas open up the left and right hand side lifting injector branch pipes as well as the branch pipe for the brand new cross head feed water pump, and they close the bleeder valves on the Westinghouse Air-Compressor.
Cam then climbs out of the drop pit and into the cab before he sets to work on opening up the firebox door.

Cam: JASON, THOMAS?  CAN ONE OF YOU PLEASE REMOVE THE STACK COVER, I’M GONNA CLEAR IT OUT!!!!

Thomas: I GOT IT!!!!

Thomas removes the stack cover from the top of the spark arresting diamond stack just before Cam opens up the blower valve and clears it out.
Cam then puts on a welder’s glove and lights it on fire before he throws it into the firebox.  He then opens up the atomizer valve, closes the firebox door, places his hand on the locomotive’s automated hand print identification panel, and unlocks the firing computer before he opens the firing valve by 2 clicks.  This in turn causes the locomotive’s electronic ignition to ignite, light up a firing in the firebox, and keep it going.
Cam then opens up the valves on the steam turret that feed the lifting injectors before he pulls on the lifting injector ram ball lever valves, and fills up the boiler with water.
Jason and Thomas then enter the cab through the cab’s front doors and set to work on draining the 2 right hand side water sight glasses and refilling them along with the giant main digital water sight glass on the left hand side.
They then set to work on opening up the hydrostatic lubricator, and filling it up with steam oil.

Cam: Alright, now all that is left is to wait for boiler pressure to climb!!!!

Jason: Yep!!!!

Cam: You guys just wait for the pressure to build while I oil up the valves and connecting rods.

Thomas: Sounds good!!!

Cam climbs out of Emma Nevada’s cab, grabs an oil can, and sets to work on oiling up her valve gear eccentrics along with her connecting rods, drive axle bearings, tender axle bearings, Laird Crosshead valve guides, cross head feed water pump piston guide, Stevenson Valve Gear valve yoke, and main cylinder piston guides.
Cam then makes his way over to the tender, opens up the journal boxes on the tender trucks, and oils up the axle bearings.
As Cam, Thomas, and Jason prepare Emma Nevada Number #2, OE Mechanics Danny and Bruno set to work on firing up and readying Roger E. Broggie Number #7, while Jim and Al set to work on firing up and readying Myrtle Number #3, and Franny and Doug set to work on firing up and readying Roy O. Disney Number #8.
As the morning train crews walk in at 6:00, they take over for the O.E. Mechanics, before the O.E. Mechanics set to work on firing up C.K. Holliday Number #1, and continuing maintenance work on Eureka Number #4.
Over the next couple hours, Emma Nevada Number #2’s boiler pressure climbs until finally………………….

POP-HISSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS!!!!!

Emma Nevada’s low pressure safety valve pops off at 166 PSI signaling that she’s up to operating steam pressure.

Cam: ALRIGHT, LET’S OPEN HER UP!!!!

Jason: ALRIGHT!!!!

Cam, Jason, and Thomas then set to work on opening up the main steam valve on the steam turret which in turn sends steam to the locomotive’s Westinghouse Air Compressor, and causes it to fire off with a VERY LOUD…………………..

BANG…………..BANG……………..BANG………….BANG…………BANG………..BANG…………BANG…………….BANG…….BANG…BANG….BANG…..BANG..BANG, BANG, BANG, BANG, BANG, BANG, BANG, BANG, BANG, BANG, BANG, BANG, BANG, BANG, BANG, BANG, BANG………BANG……..BANG……..BANG……BANG……BANG…….BANG…….BANG……BANG…………………….

And as the Westinghouse Air compressor fires off huffing and puffing, clouds of vaporized water and steam pour right out of the spark arresting smoke stack, and up into the stack vent.

Cam: Alright, you guys get her out onto the turntable, I’ll get the safety chains and line you up!!!!

Jason: Alright!!!!

Jason sits down in the engineer’s seats while Thomas sits down in the fireman’s seat as Cam climbs out of the cab before he removes the safety chains out from underneath Emma Nevada’s drive wheels.
Cam then picks up the remote for the turntable, heads out of the roundhouse, presses down on an arrow, and gets the turntable lined up for Emma Nevada Number #2’s roundhouse bay.  As Thomas tugs on the bell chord, Jason then gives 2 blasts on the whistle, opens the cylinder drain cocks, eases the throttle open, and Emma Nevada gracefully steams out of her roundhouse bay.
The locomotive soon eases onto the turntable, and it isn’t long until Jason shuts the throttle and stops Emma Nevada smack dab in the center of the turntable when he sees the 2 marker lights on the side of the turntable flash red.

Cam: Alright!!!  You’re centered!!!!  I’ll rotate you guys and line you up with the assigned consist!!!!

Cam then presses the unlock button to unlock the turntable before her presses down on an arrow button, and gets Emma Nevada rotated to face the right direction.
After a good 180 degree rotation, Emma Nevada is soon facing the right way, and in no time she’s lined up with her assigned train consist.

Cam: ALRIGHT!!!!  You’re lined up!!!!

Cam then presses the lock button in turn locking the turntable into place.  Thomas then rings the bell as Jason gives 3 blasts on the whistle, throws the Johnson Bar/Reverser into reverse, gently eases the throttle open, and backs Emma Nevada off of the turntable and into the car shop.
Soon Emma Nevada backs up to her assigned train consist and couples on with a nice solid……………

CLUNK!!!!!

Cam then sets to work on hooking up the air hoses and safety chains between Emma Nevada’s tender and the first car on her assigned train.
Conductor Tony makes his way up to the front of the train where he meets Cam and hands him the opening safety checklist for the locomotive.

Conductor Tony: Here you guys go!!!

Cam: Thanks Tony!!!!  We should be out in just a moment!!!

Conductor Tony: Sounds good!!!

Conductor Tony then makes his way back to the far rear of the train and climbs on board the caboose as Cam climbs back into Emma Nevada’s cab.
Cam, Jason, and Thomas then set to work on filling out the opening safety checklist.

Jason: Alright, so far so good…………..the throttle and Johnson Bar Work, the ball lever valve injectors work, all 3 water sight glasses are good, the whistle is good, the crosshead feed water pump is good, the headlamp………..

Jason then activates the headlamp by a flick of the switch along with the side marker classification lamps.

Jason: Headlamp works good, the side marker classification lamps work good……….

Thomas: The firing valve is working good, automated firing system is working as it should, the air compressor is working good, the bell is good, and my side’s injector is working good too.

Cam: We are safely coupled onto the train, both sets of safety chains, our air-hose, and our power chord to operate the P/A system from the lithium ion battery is connected to the train.

Jason: Alright, let’s make a radio call to Conductor Tony.

But Conductor Tony beats the engine crews to the punch.

Conductor Tony: Conductor 1 to GBL2, do you copy?

Jason: GBL2 reads you loud and clear.  Requesting clearance to proceed to the switch!

Conductor Tony: Affirmative!!!  You have clearance to proceed to the switch!!!

Jason: Awesome, thank you much!!

Thomas then tugs on the bell chord as Jason gives 2 blasts on the whistle, and gently bumps the throttle open.

Jason: I REALLY don’t like the throttle on this engine!!!!  It’s VERY STIFF AND TOO………

Before Jason could finish his sentence, Emma Nevada’s drive wheels spin like crazy causing Jason to shut the throttle all the way.

Jason: WAY TOO SENSITIVE!!!!

Jason then opens the cylinder drain cocks, and gently bumps the throttle back open again, but the same thing happens.

Jason: GOD DAMN IT!!!!!

Jason then shuts his throttle, pulls on the sanding handle from the steam dome, and then gently bumps the throttle back open again.  This time Emma Nevada slowly steams forward out of the car shop.
She gracefully makes her way up to the switch leading out to the main line when Jason shuts her throttle shut.

Jason: Alright, now time to test the Mapo-System for the safety valves, and then the low water alarm.

Cam: Alright, I’ll call the OE Mechanics over!!!!
GBL2 to Roundhouse 1, can you please 10-87, we’re about to test the Mapo-systems.

Bruno: 10-4!!!  Danny and I will be right over!!!

Jason and Thomas open up their steam injectors causing the boiler pressure to climb, and it isn’t long until…………………..

POP-HISSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS!!!!!!!!!!!!

Emma Nevada’s low pressure safety valve pops off at 166 PSI, but as it continues popping off, Jason and Thomas continue to fill up the boiler with more steam causing pressure to climb until…………….

Thomas: THAT’S IT!!!!  OUR FIRE IS OUT!!!!

The Mapo system triggers at 180 PSI causing the emergency fuel shut off to activate in turn cutting off the fuel supply, putting out the fire, and shutting off the engine just in time as Danny and Bruno arrive.

Bruno: PERFECT!!!!  The MAPO for the high-pressure safety valve works!!!!

Cam: The low pressure popped off at 166 PSI, and the MAPO kicked in at 180!!!!

Danny: EXCELLENT!!!!

The boiler pressure slowly drops back down to 150 PSI, and once the boiler pressure is back to normal, Bruno and Danny reset the MAPO on the automated firing system.
Thomas then places his hand on the firing systems hand print identification panel in turn activating the firing system’s electronic ignition, and relighting the fire in the firebox.

Thomas: Okay, now lets test the MAPO for the low water alarm!!!!
BLOW-DOWN!!!!!

Thomas then opens up the blow down valve causing a bunch of vaporized water to come jetting out the left hand side of the locomotive like a fire hose.
As the blow down continues the water level in the boiler drops, and once the water level in the boiler drops below a quarter glass in the engineer side’s 2 water sight glasses, and gets in the Yellow Zone of the fireman’s digital water sight glass, the MAPO for the low water alarm activates, cuts off the fuel supply, puts out the fire, and shuts down the engine.

Bruno: EXCELLENT!!!!  The MAPO for the low water alarm works!!!!

Bruno and Danny climb into Emma Nevada’s cab, get out their bore scopes, open up the firebox door, and thoroughly inspect the firebox for any damage.
Fortunately the MAPO for the low water alarm worked as it should, and everything seems solid.

Danny: Alright, you guys are good!!!!

Danny and Bruno then sign off the MAPO systems on the opening safety checklist before they climb out of the cab and give Jason and Thomas the green light to proceed.
Jason and Thomas then open up their injectors, raise the water level back to normal in the boiler, and in turn reset the MAPO system for the low water alarm on the automated firing system.
Thomas then reactivates the automated firing system’s electronic ignition, and gets the fire relit in the firebox before Jason gets back on the radio and requests Station Master Ruben over at Main Street Station to give them clearance.

Jason: GBL2 To Station Master Ruben!  We’re on the switch requesting clearance onto the Main Line.

Station Master Ruben: Understood GBL2; you are cleared out bound!!!!

Jason: Thank you!!!!  Conductor 1 from GBL2, do you copy?

Conductor Tony: Affirmative GBL2, you have a highball!!!

With a ring of the bell and 2 blasts on the whistle, Jason gently bumps the throttle open, and after some wheel slip, gets Emma Nevada and her train out of the railroad yard and onto the main line at 6:40 a.m. sharp!!!!

It isn’t long until Emma Nevada reaches the grade crossing at Rodeo Drive, and once she reaches the crossing, Thomas gives a good ring on the bell, and Jason tugs on the whistle handle and gives the 4 whistle grade crossing with a nice loud……………………..


WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO, WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO, WHOOOOOOOOO, WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

The blast from the whistle is so loud that it can be heard from all across the city, and was perfect because it was just loud enough to wake up Wendy over at the Grand Floridian thanks to her very sharp hearing.
Wendy then yawns as she gets up and out of bed.

Wendy: That must be Cam.  I can’t leave him waiting.

Wendy then picks up her nicely folded clothes before she gently wakes up Carla, Princess Erika, and Chelia.

Wendy: Hey, it’s time to wake up.  Cam and his train are already out, and we can’t keep em waiting.

Princess Erika: Good morning Wendy!!!

Chelia: Can’t you at least give us 5 more minutes?

Carla: No Chelia, we have to get up now because Cam and his train are making their first circle around the city.  If we don’t get up now, we’ll be late!!!

Emma Nevada’s whistle is heard again as it rounds a blind curve coming into the Glasslamp Quarter Station with a……………

WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO, WHOOO!!!!!

Wendy: I can hear it very clearly because it’s pretty close by!!!

Carla: My point exactly!!!

Chelia: Awwwww man!!!

Wendy and the rest of the girls then make their way over to the bathroom and get ready.  Meanwhile down in the lobby, Herbie sees what time it is, and gently taps his driver door on Jonny 5 in turn waking him up.

Johnny 5: Oh, Good morning Herbie!!!!

Herbie: Beep, Beep!!!

Johnny 5: Thanks for waking me up!!!  According to my calculations, Cam and his train should be out on the main line, and in the Diorama Tunnel on the way to Main Street Station to start the first cycle around the city.  If all goes well and there are no other trains to stop him, then it should take Cam and his crew exactly 50 minutes to complete the cycle with an expected arrival at 7:25 sharp.
Thankfully the first monorail gets in around 7:00 a.m. and should arrive at Main Street at 7:10, so your timing couldn’t be more perfect!!!

As Emma Nevada circles around the City Of Grand Bay Lake, Cam, Jason, Thomas, and conductor Tony all look out to a beautiful sunrise.

Cam: WOW, WOULD YOU GUYS LOOK AT THAT!!!!!

Jason: WOW!!!!!

Thomas: WE ALMOST NEVER SEE THIS!!!!!

Jason: Especially given our low seniority putting us on the night crew, so we’re often closing!!!!  But because of your special request in asking for us, we’re getting to experience a sunrise first hand.

Cam: Hey, you guys are good friends of mine, and you know your stuff.  Plus most of the more senior engineers and firemen probably wouldn’t be up for a long trip to Durango, so it works out.

Jason: Yeah, you’re probably right.  But hey, a trip out to your world and experiencing new scenery, sign me up!!!!

Thomas: And at least we don’t have to worry about dealing with Kalvin!!!!

Cam: YOU GOT THAT RIGHT!!!!! LOL!!!!

Thomas: Saw him for the first time and I already wanted to punch him!!!

Jason: Me too!!!!

Cam: He tried to break up our friends Tracie and Will when they were nothing but nice to him!!!!  However when they started dating after Tracie lost her bag, and Will drove her out to her home to get her spare pair of car keys, Kalvin got jealous because he had feelings for Tracie too, and is older than Will be a few years.  He then started slandering Will, and then said bad things about Tracie.
He then becomes obnoxious, and starts hitting on MY LITTLE SISTER when she’s NOT EVEN 12-years-old!!!!  He also develops a crush on Carla, Wendy, Chelia, Nina, Ayumi, Manaka, Miuna, and Sayu, and to protect them from him, I put in a low banning him from riding in the first car of the train any of the girls ride on.
Although Carla, Manaka, Miuna, Sayu, and Princess Erika can fight him off, Wendy, Chelia, Ayumi, and Nina are too sweet to say no to him or tell him to back off, so I had no choice but to have Security keep close tabs on him everywhere he goes!!!
Then there is the Wizard who stinks like a garbage can, and Whistle Boy!!!!

Jason: UUUUUGGGGGGHHHHH!!!!!  I CAN’T STAND THE WIZARD!!!!!  HE IS SO AROGANT!!!!

Thomas: And Whistle Boy is OUTRIGHT OBNOXIOUS!!!!

Cam: GOT THAT RIGHT!!!!  However, if Kalvin or The Wizard have one more screw up, they are permanently banned from the Railroad line!!!!

Jason: Good riddance!!!

Meanwhile back at the Hotel the first monorail glides into the monorail station and opens its doors.  Johnny 5 rolls right into the first cabin.
At the same time in Suite Number #7515, Wendy finishes zipping up her black pleated micro-mini skirt, buttoning up her red jacket, and putting her beautiful violet hair into its iconic twin tails.  Princess Erika finishes sliding on her light blue swimsuit skirt with white and pink flowers along with her pink cardigan, puts her hair into a pony tail before placing a cute green bow on top of her pony tail.

Wendy: Alright, I’m ready!!!

Princess Erika: So am I!!!

Carla: Almost done with my hair!!!

In no time Carla’s hair is nice and wavy, and everyone is still waiting on Chelia.

Carla: Come on Child, it’s already 7:15, and we really should be on our way.

Chelia: Hold on!!!!

After zipping up her light blue micro-mini skirt, buttoning up her white shirt, and putting her beautiful pink hair into its iconic twin tails, Chelia is at long last ready to go.

Chelia: Alright girls I’m ready!!!!

Carla: Cutting it close child, but we should make it!!!

Princess Erika: No time to lose then!!!  We should get on the monorail ASAP!!!

Wendy: Right!!!

Meanwhile Johnny 5 rolls up the wheel chair ramps, and makes his way up to Main Street Station’s platform.

Johnny 5: ALRIGHT; I made it just in time!!!!

In No time, the Station announcement go off over the P/A System.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m9j30M8btk4

Announcement: YOUR ATTENTION PLEASE,
THE GRAND BAY LAKE LIMITED………………
NOW ARRIVING FROM A COMPLETE TRIP AROUND THE ROYAL CITY…………
PASSENGERS PLEASE STAND BY TO BOARD!!!!

Emma Nevada then steams out of the diorama tunnel, and rounds the final bend blowing her whistle with a……………

WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO, WHOOO!!!!!

before she steams into Main Street Station with her bell ringing, firebox roaring and drumming, air compressor huffing and puffing, cylinder drain cocks hissing, rods knocking, beautiful brass and paint work gleaming with her train consist in tow.
As the monorail glides into Main Street Monorail Station, Wendy, Princess Erika, Carla, and Chelia see Emma Nevada and her train steam into Main Street Station before coming to a complete stop at 7:25 a.m. sharp.

Carla: We’re cutting it close, but we’re just making it!

As the monorail glides to a stop in the Main Street Monorail station, Cam climbs out of Emma Nevada’s cab, and walks over to Station Master Ruben before handing him the Opening Safety Checklist.

Station Master Ruben: Alright, much obliged Mr. Cam, your Royal Highness!!!

Cam: No problem, and congratulations on your promotion to Station Master.

Station Master Ruben: Why thank you very much!!!!  How long will you be out for?

Cam: Practically all day since a portal is stuck open between Eatonville and Tocoma, and possibly the only way to close it, is to find the source of it and destroy it.

Station Master Ruben: Makes sense.  I heard Tocoma is waiting on weeks of freight and cargo, and the railroad must get back up and running ASAP!

Cam: Yep, which is why I have my crew ready and rearin to go!

Station Master Ruben: Well, I wish you the best of luck, so safe travels!!!

Cam: Thanks Ruben!!!!

Johnny 5 then uses the wheel chair ramp to roll right into the baggage section of the combine.

Johnny 5: Alright, I’m ready to go Cam!!!

Cam: Awesome!!!!  We’ll be out of here shortly!!!!

Jason and Thomas set to work on polishing more of Emma Nevada’s brass and paint work as Cam gets out the oil can and sets to work on oiling up the valve gear when he hears familiar voices.

Wendy: Hey Cam!!!!

Princess Erika: We’re here now!!!!

Chelia: Sorry we’re late!!!!

Carla: I kept telling you we’re cutting it close!!!!

Cam: It’s 7:28, so we still got 2 minutes to spare!!!

Carla: Well thank goodness for that!!!!

Wendy: Sleep well Cam?

Cam: Yeah, I slept alright, but waking up at 3:00 a.m. SUCKED!!!!

Princess Erika: I know what you mean since I deal with it all the time for gymnastics, cheerleading, diving, and everything else.

Wendy: OWWWWWW!!!!

Princess Erika: I know, but it is what it is.

Cam: Steam locomotives take a long time to prepare, but we’re ready and rearin to go, and as soon as you’re on board, we’ll be on our way.

Wendy: Awesome!!!!

Princess Erika: Great!!!

Wendy and Princess Erika then give Cam gentle kisses on the cheeks before they follow Carla and Chelia, and climb aboard.

Cam: Alrighty, it’s 7:29 and we must get going!!!
Jason, Thomas, wrap it up, this ain’t a car show; we must get out of here!!!!

Jason: Good point!!!!

Thomas: Right away!!!

Jason and Thomas then get back in the cab while Cam puts away the oil can, and climbs back in the cab as well just in the nick of time.

Conductor Tony: ALL ABOARD!!!!
GBL2 YOU HAVE A HIGHBALL!!!

Thomas tugs on the bell chord as Jason gives 2 blasts on the whistle, opens the cylinder drain cocks, gently bumps the throttle open, and just like before Emma Nevada’s drive wheels spin like crazy.

Jason: GOD DAMN IT!!!!!

Jason then shuts the throttle, pulls on the sanding handle, and gently bumps the throttle open again.  Just like before the wheels slip, but they soon grip on the sand, and after some struggle, Emma Nevada Number #2 hauls her train out of the station in clouds of smoke and steam at 7:30 a.m. sharp.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VLd50pkR3Ps&t=110s

Carla: Oh dear!  I’ve never seen a train struggle so much to get out the station!!!

Wendy: Come to think of it, I don’t think we’ve ever ridden this train before!!!

Princess Erika: Yeah, we’re often riding on the smaller trains, Numbers 1, 4, and 5.

Chelia: For some reason that’s how it’s always worked out since we’ve first ridden the train.

Princess Erika: Yeah, but it’s nice to be on one of the bigger ones for a change.

Wendy: Now that I have a better look, I really like this train!!!  Look at how cute it is!!!!

Chelia: Yeah, I also love the colors, and the artwork on it too!!!!

Jason: DAMN THIS ENGINE’S THROTTLE!!!!

Cam: You would think that after 3 years that it would have loosened up by now!!!

Jason: DAMN THING IS STIFF AND WAY TOO SENSITIVE!!!!  YOU REALLY CAN’T FEEL HOW WIDE OF YOUR THROTTLE IS UNTIL IT’S TOO LATE!!!!

Cam: Come to think of it, when I last ran this engine a couple weeks ago, I remember the throttle being a pain in the ass.

Thomas: Not to mention this computerization doesn’t help either!!!!  Damn bitch is a pain in the ass to fire too!!!!

Cam then grabs a small can of sand and pours the sand through the peephole of the firebox door.  The sand then gets sucked up through the boiler heat tubes to clean the soot from the tubes and allow the tubes to conduct heat better.
And as Emma Nevada cleans out all the black sooty smoke and sand out of her smoke stack, Cadence the alicorn gets a glimpse of it, and finds where she needs to go.

Cadence: There it is!!!!

Cadence then makes her way towards Emma Nevada’s smoky trail, and at long last joins Wendy and the rest of the girls on the train.

Cadence: Here I am!!!  I’m sorry I’m late!!!

Wendy: Na-ah!!!  Don’t worry about it!!!  I’m just glad you can make it!!!

Cadence: Well, try telling that to Twilight when she gives you an earful first thing in the morning!!!

Carla: Oh dear!!!!  And here we were worried that Chelia was taking her sweet time.

Chelia: HEY, DON’T BE RUDE!!!

Princess Erika: But what matters is that you’re here with us now, and that you’re safe too.

Carla: Come to think of it, neither you nor Johnny 5 used the buddy system did you?

Cadence: OOPS!!!!!

Johnny 5: WHOOPS!!!!  That slipped my mind since I knew that Herbie was needed by Rami and Toby for a big race today, so I didn’t wanna hastle him since he just dropped Cam off at the Roundhouse.

Chelia: Come to think of it, Cam didn’t use the buddy system either!!!!

Johnny 5: He did actually because he was with Herbie, but Herbie didn’t on the drive back!!!!!

Princess Erika: This buddy system really isn’t going so well!!!!

Wendy: Hey, it’s still early, so just give it time!!!

Carla: Just be glad nothing happened to either of you!!!!  The Horned King is onto us, and all of us are in danger of being prime targets.  We can’t be too careful, no matter how hard we try.

Jason: Hey Cam, where do you think we’ll need to get water?

Cam: Best we get it in Elbe, and then again once we reach Durango.  It’s a VERY STRENUOUS run up through the Animas Canyon, and we’ll be going through fuel and water like crazy.  Fuel we should be good until we return to Eatonville, but water we’re gonna have to stop at EVERY SINGLE water stop we can once we reach the Silverton Branch.

Jason then gives one long blast on the whistle followed by one short blast on the whistle with a…………………..

WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO, WHOOO!!!!!

As Thomas tugs on the bell chord just before Emma Nevada steams through the tunnel leading into Paradise Bay Station.

Cam: Okay, once we pass the new roller coaster of Lost In Space, I’ll throw the switch, and get us onto the branch that will take us to Elbe.

Jason: Sounds good!!!!

As Emma Nevada steams through Paradise Bay Depot, Jason gives 2 blast on the whistle.

Jason: By-pass!!!  No pick ups or drop offs!!!!

Thomas: By-pass!!!! No pick-ups or drop-offs!!!

Emma Nevada then thunders up the 2% percent grade and soon stumbles up the pedestrian crossing as Jason gives 2 long blasts followed by a short blast, and a VERY long blast on the whistle with a……………..

WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO, WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO, WHOOOO, WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!

The train then thunders under part of the new roller coaster before the switch leading to the branch of to Elbe comes into view.

Jason: Alright!!!!  There’s the switch ahead!!!!

Jason then gives 2 long blasts on the whistle followed by one short blast on the whistle with a………………..

WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO, WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO, WHOOOO!!!!!

Before gently bumping the throttle shut and stopping Emma Nevada just feet away from the switch.
Cam then climbs out of the cab, and scrambles over to the switch before changing the points.

Cam: ALRIGHT!!!!  SWITCH IS THROWN!!!!

Jason: AWESOME!!!!

Cam: Before you open her back up, hand me the small can of sand!!!!

Jason: GOOD IDEA!!!! Thomas???!!!!

Thomas: Yeah, sure!!!!

Thomas then hands Cam the small can of sand, and Cam lays a layer of sand on the rails just in front of the drive wheels to keep the wheel slip to a minimum.
Wendy, Carla, and Chelia watch what Cam is doing and are wondering what it’s all about.

Carla: I wonder what he’s up to?

Wendy: Why do you think he’s placing stuff on the tracks?

Chelia: I wish I knew!

Princess Erika: I think it must be sand to help increase friction and traction, since you saw how this train struggled to get us going.

Johnny 5: I think you maybe right.  By putting sand down on the rails, the sand works like sand paper and helps create friction between to smooth surfaces such as steel wheels on steel rails.  This friction reduces the amount of wheel slip, and helps the engine regain traction.  We’re also on a 2% percent grade, which means for every 100 feet we move forward, we’re climbing 2 feet.  That’s nothing for us, but for a train it’s A LOT, so they’ll need every ounce of traction they can get.

Princess Erika: I had a feeling it was something like that!!!!

Carla: Very fascinating!!!!

Wendy: I know!!!!!  There is so much that goes on!!!!

Chelia: Yeah, it’s actually kinda cool!!!!

After laying sand down on the rails, Cam gives Jason the thumbs up before Jason gives 2 blasts on the whistle, and gently bumps the throttle open.  
Just like before, Emma Nevada’s driving wheels slip, but they soon grip on the sand, and manage to gain traction.  Once Emma Nevada starts pulling her train over the switch, Cam climbs back into the cab of the locomotive just as Conductor Tony gets off on the last train car in front of the caboose.  
Once after the caboose passes over the switch, Conductor Tony changes the points immediately before high tailing back onto the caboose, and getting back on the train just as Emma Nevada speeds up and continues her journey.

Jason: Alright, I’m glad that’s over with!!!!

Cam: Me too!!!!!

Emma Nevada keeps steaming on and is making good time.  Her fire is burning nicely, the automated firing computer is helping Thomas maintain operating steam boiler pressure as it should, and Emma Nevada herself is performing beautifully as she steams her way to Elbe.
However Wendy cannot take her eyes off Cam as she watches him help out Jason and Thomas as he gives them pointers.  She smiles brightly and becomes even more amazed by his knowledge.  Carla, Princess Erika, and Chelia notice it all too well.

Princess Erika: Hey I saw that?

Wendy: *Blushes* I’m sorry, I don’t mean to stare, but I can’t really help it!!!!

Princess Erika: I know!!!!  Cam is something amazing.  When it comes to something he’s passionate and knowledgeable about, you can’t help but be amazed by what he knows.  
I mean, I’ve known Cam all of my life, and if anything, trains have been his biggest love since the dawn of time.

Wendy: Didn’t take long for me to figure that out!!! *Giggles*  I mean on the first day I met him, and on the first night Chelia and I went sightseeing in Grand Bay Lake for our first time, we all couldn’t help but noticed how much Cam really liked the train.  I mean, when Troy, Chelia, Mackenzie, and Chloe went to the view area for Fantasmic’s World Of Color, I actually had to drag Cam away from the train as it was leaving. *Giggles*

Princess Erika: *BURSTS OUT LAUGHING* That does not surprise me AT ALL!!!!  I mean, back in my world, Cam WILL NOT and I repeat WILL NOT get away from a steam train unless you make him leave.  There have been times he has returned home late because he spends hours at the Orange Empire Museum drooling over their steam engine the Ventura County Number #2, and at Disneyland, He, Troy, and I have ridden the train until 1:00 a.m. in the morning!!!!

Wendy: We did that here too after Fantasmic’s World Of Color!!!! *Giggles*

Princess Erika: See what I mean????!!!!!  Not to mention back at home is his enormous model train collection, but he did give one of his to me out of the goodness of his heart because I instantly fell in love with it.  Not that I asked for it though!!!  *Giggles* But hey, it’s something I treasure because it was a gift from him, the person I love and care about most of all.  But don’t worry, it’s nothing romantic the way your love for him is.

Wendy: Hey, I’m not worried.  I will admit I was jealous of the bond you 2 had, but once Cam told me it was different from romance, I stopped worrying, and now I don’t mind it anymore.

Princess Erika: And I’m happy that you 2 share a special bond too.

Wendy: We both love Cam, but for different reasons.

Princess Erika: Exactly, and we both know the handful he can be!!! *Giggles*

Wendy: That’s for sure!!!! *Giggles*

Cam then notices Wendy and Princess Erika giggling as they bond, but can’t help but smile.

Cam: (I’m glad they’re bonding very well.  In fact those girls are the most important people in my life right now, and I must protect them with everything I have.)

Then out of nowhere Jason gives one long blast on the whistle followed by one short blast with a ………………

WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO, WHOOOO!!!!!

Jason: Elbe Station is now coming into view!!!!

Cam: Awesome!!!!

Thomas rings the bell as Jason slows Emma Nevada down to a slow and gentle stop in Elbe Station.
Cam then climbs out onto the top of Emma Nevada’s tender, opens the water filler hatch, picks up a long hook, latches the hook onto the spout of the water tower, brings the spout down to the tender, and places the end of the spout into the tender’s water filler.  He then gets the long hook, latches it onto the end of a chain ring, brings the chain ring close to him, grabs it which opens the water tower’s main water valve, and begins filling up the tender with water.

Princess Erika: Now this part is always cool!!!!!

Wendy: It sure is!!!!

Chelia: This always has to be my favorite part while riding the train!!!!

Carla: Always fascinating to see the train getting a drink.

Cam: We’re gonna be taking on A LOT of water since it’s a strenuous run up to Silverton, so try not to get too bored!!! LOL!!!!

Wendy: Oh, we won’t!!!!

Princess Erika: Yeah, we always enjoy seeing this!!!!

Cam: Trust me, it might get old!!!! LOL!!!!

It isn’t long until Emma Nevada’s water tank is full, and once the water tank is full, Cam lets go of the chain ring, throws the water spout back up, closes up the water filler hatch, and gets back in the cab.
Jason then gives 2 blasts on the whistle, eases the throttle open, and after much puffing and wheel slip, Emma Nevada gets back under way as she hauls the train out of Elbe and into the Frozen Tundra.
As the train steams its way into the Frozen Tundra, all the girls get into the enclosed coaches to stay warm.

Princess Erika: Okay, if I remember, this part of the journey gets VERY cold, so I’m getting inside.

Carla: I remember this part of the journey well, and this time I don’t have the warmth of that steam engine, so I’m getting inside too!!!!

Chelia: I’ll follow you!!!

Wendy: Me too!!!!

Cadence: Ditto!!!!

And with that all the girls get inside the nice warm and toasty passenger cars while Cam sits down on the ledge of the cab floor right next to the engineer’s seat right after he closes the curtains to help retain the heat from the firebox.
The train then climbs higher into the mountains as it makes its way through the Frozen Tundra.  Emma Nevada soon thunders her way up the steep 2% percent grade as the train line negotiates its way through the mountainous Frozen Tundra.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bRADRQm4e3A

After traversing its way through the mountains, the train then steams into a tunnel, and makes its way downhill into Eatonville.

Jason: Alright, there’s Eatonville Harbor up ahead!!!!

Cam: Perfect!!!!

Cam opens the curtains for the locomotive as Wendy, Princess Erika, and the rest of the girls make their way back out into the front open air car behind the locomotive.

Princess Erika: There it is!!!!

Wendy: WOW!!!!  I’ve forgotten how big the dock in Eatonville is!!!!

Chelia: And that must be the portal!!!!

Carla: No wonder the trains have stopped, that portal is right in the pathway!!!!

Wendy: All the more reason we have to find a way to close it for good!!!

After the Emma Nevada and her train steam into Eatonville, they pass by WEEKS worth of shipping containers piled up by the loading dock waiting to be put onto trains.

Cam: UGH-OH BOY!!!!!  

Jason: THAT DOES NOT LOOK GOOD!!!!

Thomas: THAT MUST BE THE SHIPMENT OF SUPPLIES TO TOCOMA!!!!

Cam: YEP!!!!  And the sooner we close this portal the better!!!!

The train then steams right through the portal leading to the small town of Durango in the world of reality.  If the train struggled to get out of Grand Bay Lake, goodness knows how strenuous and difficult of a journey it will be on the Silverton Branch, for there is the dangerous highline through the Animas Canyon that lies ahead.



To Be Continued…………………..

Chapter 33

Stop Time For The Highline

Emma Nevada and her train soon steam out of the portal, and right into the outskirts of Durango just a quarter mile down the track away from the station.
Jason soon slows the train down to a stop smack dab in the middle of the railroad line as Cam hears the sound of a familiar 3-chime Lunkenheimer whistle in the background.

Cam: NO WAY!!!!!  

Jason: What is it????!!!

Cam: Former Denver & Rio Grande K-28 Number #476!!!!!  I thought they’d never get that thing running!!!!

Jason: Did you just say a K-28?

Cam: Yes, Durango is home to the 3 soul survivor Alco K-28 Mikados number 473, 476, and 478 plus 4 operating Baldwin K-36 Mikados number 480, 481, 482, and 486.  To top it off they just restored a larger Baldwin K-37 Mikdao Number #493 to operation after converting it from coal to oil fired.

Thomas: WOAH!!!!  That’s amazing!!!!

Chelia: Cam, I don’t mean to break up your conversation, but I think I hear another train coming!!!!

Sure enough former Denver & Rio Grande Alco K-28 2-8-2 Mikado Number #476 comes steaming out of the station in Durango, and onto the main line where Emma Nevada and her train were sitting.

Cam: No rest for the weary, we must stop time now!!!

Cam then climbs out of Emma Nevada’s Cab and makes his way towards the very front of the locomotive.  He then opens his item storage and selects The Hour Glass Of Time.  

Cam: Alright, I have no idea how to use this but it’s worth a try………………

Cam shuts his eyes and channels his magical energy through the Hour Glass Of Time before reciting an incantation………….

Cam: I CALL UPON THEE; GREAT SAGES OF THE PASSED, PRESENT, AND FUTURE, PLEASE LEND ME YOUR POWER………………GRANT ME YOUR STRENGTH……………….PLEASE HELP ME REAWAKEN THIS ANCIENT TREAURE IN MY HAND AND ACTIVATE THE HOUR GLASS TO STOP TIME!!!!!

As Cam channels his magical energy into the Hour Glass Of Time, the Royal Amulet on the back of Cam’s hand lights up.  This causes the Royal Amulet on the back of Wendy’s hand to also light up and resonate with Cam’s and as the 2 Royal Amulets resonate, a mysterious red glow emits from The Hour Glass Of Time.  However Cam’s magical energy is not enough to fully awaken The Hour Glass Of Time to stop time.

Cam: DOG GONE IT!!!!  I guess I’ll have to give it another try!!!!!

The glow from The Hour Glass Of Time doesn’t change at all, and Cam’s Power Alone is still not enough to reawaken The Hour Glass Of Time.
However the familiar 3-chime Lunkenheimer Whistle from K-28 Mikado Number #476 gets louder and louder as the 476 and her train steam closer and closer.

Cam: DAMN IT!!!!  STILL NO DICE AND THE OTHER TRAIN IS RIGHT ON MY TAIL!!!!!

Wendy: I GOTTA DO SOMETHING!!!!

Wendy then jumps off the train, scrambles over to Cam and places her hand on top of Cam’s.

Wendy: Let me give you a hand!!!!  The 2 of us together might be able to activate it!!!!!

Cam: Good point!!!!  2 Spell casters are better than one!!!!

Wendy: YEAH!!!!

Wendy then channels her magic energy through Cam’s hand as the 2 recited the incantation one more time.

Cam & Wendy: WE CALL UPON THEE; GREAT SAGES OF THE PASSED, PRESENT, AND FUTURE………….PLEASE LEND US YOUR POWERS………………GRANT US YOUR STRENGTH……………….PLEASE HELP US AWAKEN THE ANCIENT TREASURE IN OUR HAND AND ACTIVATE THE HOUR GLASS!!!!!

By combining their powers, both Cam and Wendy’s Royal Amulets resonate causing the glows on the back of their hands shine brighter and brighter as the Hour Glass Of Time slowly reawakes before Wendy finally unleashes her latest spell.

Wendy: SKY MAGIC USERS SECRET ART; MILKY WAY!!!!!!!!!!!

With the use of Wendy’s new powerful spell, The Milky Way combined with Cam’s magic, the Hour Glass Of Time unlocks, reawakens, and activates stopping time dead in its tracks bringing former Denver & Rio Grande Number #476 and her train to a grinding halt along with the entire operation of the Durango & Silverton Railroad along with all the activity going on the entire downtown area of Durango.
After The Hour Glass Of Time activates, a countdown shows up for long Cam, Wendy, and the rest of their friends have to carry out the mission.

Cam: 7 Hours????!!!!!

Wendy: Is that not enough time???!!!!

Cam: Considering that Cascade Canyon is literally 3 hours away from here, and 3 hours back, it means we ONLY have 1 hour to clear The Forest Temple before time is restored.

Wendy: Then we have no time to lose!!!!

Cam: We have to get going right away!!!!

Wendy: Right!!!!

Wendy high tails it back onto the train, and Cam scrambles back into the cab of Emma Nevada.

Cam: Okay Jason, get us the hell out of here!!!!  We’ll only stop to take on water at Hermosa!!!!

Jason: Okay, how far away is that????!!!!!

Cam: About an hour away!!!!

Thomas: According to our automated firing system and tender water level reader, we should still have a third of a tank.

Cam: GOOD!!!!  NOW LET’S GO!!!

Jason: GBL2 to conductor 1, are we good to go?

Conductor Tony: Affirmative GBL2, You have a highball and are clear on the grid!!!

Jason then opens the cylinder drain cocks before he gives 2 blasts on the whistle, gently eases the throttle open, and just like before Emma Nevada spins her wheels, but she eventually grips the track and hauls her train out of Durango.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VLd50pkR3Ps&t=110s

As Emma Nevada steams through the meadows on the outskirts of Durango, Jason and Thomas can see the track elevate far off in the distance.

Jason: Say, how much do we have to climb?

Cam: We’ll be climbing almost 3000 feet.

Thomas: WHAT?????!!!!!

Cam: Yep, and by the way, Durango is more than a mile high, so we’ll be 8,000 plus feet above sea level once we reach Cascade Canyon.

Jason: WOAH!!!!  I never thought that.

Cam: Also a heads up, we’re still in the dead of Winter here, so it will get VERY COLD once we climb!!!!

The Train crosses over 1 of 5 strong bridges as the railroad’s right of way meets up alongside with the Animas River or El Rio Delas Animas Perdidas; translates to River Of Lost Souls by the Spaniards.
Wendy, Chelia, and Carla are blown away by the scenery for none of them have ever seen actual farms or actual ranches before.

Chelia: WOW, ARE THOSE FARMS????!!!!!

Princess Erika: YEP, THEY SURE ARE!!!!

Carla: HORSE RANCHES????!!!!

Wendy: I haven’t seen one since Cam and I went to get a horse for Troy 3 years ago, but it was nothing compared to those you see here!!!!

Princess Erika: What you’re seeing is some of the backbone of the nation, Cam, Troy, and I come from.  This is Western Country, and during the summer months, you can expect to see  A LOT of horses around this area.

Carla: I take it, you’ve been here before?

Princess Erika: Yes I have, but that was a VERY LONG TIME ago!!!!  Cam had just become a certified engineer, and I couldn’t wait to see him on his first revenue run as an engineer.  He managed to pull some strings and got his assigned locomotive Number #478 to pull the train I was riding on.

Wendy: WOW, THAT’S AMAZING!!!

Princess Erika: It gets better because Cam was able to get Troy and I into a beautiful Parlor Car called the Nomad along with a gorgeous dome car called the Silver Vista!!!  With the Silver Vista you need to be at least 12, and The Nomad you need to be at least 21 because it serves Alcohol, but because Cam worked on the railroad, he pulled strings.  Needless to say that I am still the youngest passenger on board those train cars given that I was still only 10-years old at the time, so it was awesome!!!

Chelia: THAT IS JUST SO COOL!!!!!

Carla: How old was Cam, and how long ago was this?

Princess Erika: He was 21 just about to turn 22, so this was almost about 4 years ago.

Wendy: Wow, so it was before Cam and I………

Princess Erika: Before you, Cam, Troy, and I even met!!! LOL!!!

Cadence: THAT LONG AGO?????!!!!

Princess Erika: Yep; Time sure flies. *Giggles*

The train soon comes up on Hermosa as the water tower comes into view, and along with a VERY unpleasant surprise.

Cam: WHAT THE??????  OH NOOOOOOO!!!!!!

Jason: WHAT, WHAT IS IT????!!!!!!

Cam: IT’S THAT NO GOOD IDIOT BRIAN HEARTH!!!!!!!!!  WHAT’S HE STILL DOING MOVING ABOUT????!!!!!  I MEAN DIDN’T WENDY AND I JUST STOP TIME?????!!!!!!

Thomas: YEAH, SEEING HIM MOVING ABOUT NEAR THE WATER TOWER DOESN’T MAKE ANY SENSE!!!!!

Wendy, Carla, Chelia, and Princess Erika are also shocked to see Brian Hearth moving about near the water tower.

Princess Erika: That’s weird!!!!

Chelia: Yeah, what’s that guy doing by the tower???!!!!

Carla: Wendy, I thought you and Cam stopped time!!!!

Wendy: We did, so why is he there???!!!!!

Cadence: Something must be up!!!

Jason soon bumps the throttle shut and slows Emma Nevada and her train to a stop at the Hermosa Water Tower.
Brian Hearth is shocked to see the both the train, and Cam on board in Emma Nevada’s cab.

Brian Hearth: WHAT THE????!!!!!!  NO WAY!!!!!  WARD KIMBALL’S EMMA NEVADA???!!!!  IS THIS A JOKE???!!!!!  AND WHAT’S CAM DOING ON BOARD!!!!!

Cam: Never thought I’d see the likes of you again!!!! -_-

Brian Hearth: Cam, what are you doing back in Durango and with Ward Kimball’s Emma Nevada????!!!!

Cam: I was gonna ask you the same thing, minus the Emma Nevada though!!!!  I thought you moved away LONG AGO!!!!

Brian Hearth: Nope!!!!  Still water boy here, but no train has come by yet!!!!

Cam: Gee, I wonder why???!!!!!
Anyways, I don’t have time to talk; I must top off this engine’s water level and get a move on, I only have 6 hours and 7 minutes remaining before……………..

Brian Hearth: Before what????!!!!!

Cam: Nothing that concerns you!!!!!

Cam then climbs on the back of Emma Nevada’s tender, opens the water filler hatch, and gets the long hook as Brian Hearth tries to help.

Brian Hearth: HEY, LET ME GIVE YOU A HAND……………..

Cam: OH NOOOOO, OOOOOOH NOOOOOOOO!!!!!!  

But it was too late!!!!  Brian Hearth climbed up a ladder on the side of the water tower, opened the main water valve before Cam has the chance to grab the water spout with the long hook.

Cam: NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!!!

Cam then gets drenched from head to toe with icy cold water.  Wendy, Chelia, Carla, Princess Erika, Cadence, Jason, Thomas, Johnny 5, and Conductor Tony see the whole thing happen.
Wendy, Princess Erika, Chelia, Carla, and Cadence all gasp after they see Brian shut off the water revealing a wet red faced raged Cam as he spits icy cold water out of his mouth.

Cadence: MY GOODNESS!!!!

Princess Erika: OH MY GOSH!!!!!

Wendy: CAM ARE YOU OKAY????!!!!!!  SAY SOMETHING!!!!!

Carla: THAT DID NOT LOOK PLEASANT!!!!!

Chelia: THAT LOOKED LIKE IT HURT!!!!!

Johnny 5: UH-OH!!!!

Cam: THANKS A LOT BRIAN!!!!!  NOW I AM WET AND COLD NO THANKS TO YOU………………..NOT FUNNY!!!!!!!

Brian Hearth: UUUUUGGGGGGGHHHHHH……….SORRY!!!!!!

Cam: YOU ARE SO LUCKY THAT I HAVE A NICE HOT LOCOMOTIVE BOILER TO KEEP ME WARM AND THAT I’M VERY TIME CRUNCHED OR I’D GO OVER THERE AND KICK YOUR ASS!!!!!!

Brian Hearth: SORRY!!!!!

Cam: UUUUGGGGGHHHH, JUST SHUT UP!!!!

Cam then latches the hook onto the end of the water spout, and lowers it down over Emma Nevada’s water filler hatch.   He then latches the hook onto a chain which also opens the main water valve, tugs on the chain, and sets to work on filling up Emma Nevada’s water tank.
Wendy couldn’t help but worry though.

Wendy: CAM ARE YOU OKAY???!!!!!  YOU’RE GONNA CATCH COLD IN WET CLOTHES!!!!

Cam: I’ll be fine!!!!  It’s 40 degrees hotter in the cab, so I should warm up no problem.  No idea why or what the heck Brian Hearth is doing over here!!!

Wendy: Yeah, that’s what’s bugging me………..I thought we stopped time!!!!

Cam: That’s what I was thinking unless……………….

Carla: The Hour Glass Of Time can only stop time or make time travel possible over a certain amount of area…………….this means that……………….

Princess Erika: Time was only stopped in the Town Of Durango and the area around it.  We’re in Hermosa, which is more than 10 miles away.

Chelia: That means the power of the Hour Glass Of Time only works under a 10 mile radius!!!!!

Princess Erika: That must be the case since Hermosa is 10.4 miles North Of Durango.

Cam: That would make sense!!!!!  Thankfully it’s the Durango & Silverton Railroad’s tight schedule that we needed to stop, and thankfully the Hour Glass Of Time has done it’s job to freeze time in the area we needed it too.
Unfortunately when time is restored then…………………..

Wendy: The train leaving the station will be departing several hours late!!!!!

Carla: That’s nothing we can help now at this point!!!!

Cadence: Maybe when time is restored, it will be restored to the time we arrived here???!!!!

Johnny 5: All we can do is get the job done in the time we have remaining and head back to Grand Bay Lake as soon as we can.

Brian Hearth: WAIT, WHAT????!!!!!  GRAND BAY LAKE????!!!!!!!!

Brian Hearth then reads the Emma Nevada’s road name on her tender and realizes that it’s NOT Ward Kimball’s Grizzly Flats Railroad Emma Nevada that he’s looking at, but a MUCH newer automated oil fired replice.

Brian Hearth: WAIT A MINUTE, I KNEW IT WAS TOO GOOD TO BE TRUE FOR THIS TO BE WARD KIMBALL’S EMMA NEVADA!!!!!  HEY YOU CAN’T……………

But before Brian Hearth could finish his sentence, Cam knocks him out using a deflection spell.

Cam: DEFLECT!!!!!!

Brian Hearth: OOOOOWWWWWWWWWWWWWW!!!!!

Carla: I’LL HELP YOU WITH HIM!!!!

Carla then jumps off the train, rushes over to an unconscious Brian Hearth, and uses a spell to erase his memory.

Carla: I’ll have this fool’s memory erased at once!!!!  Such insolence!!!!  I don’t think I’ve ever seen a bigger idiot!!!!

Cam: Neither have I!!!!!  Thanks for the help Carla.

Carla: Don’t mention it Child, though you should put on a change of clothes or else you’ll catch cold in this weather.

Cam: Will do!!!  And I’d say we’re just about full!!!!

Cam then lets go over the chain opening the water valve, and the water from the tower shuts off just in time for the water filler hatch to overflow.
Cam then raises the Water Tower’s spout and throws it high into the air a safe distance away from the top of the locomotive.  He then closes the water filler hatch, climbs off the tender, grabs a can of sand, climbs out of the cab, and pours a small layer of sand on the rails just like before.

Princess Erika: And there he goes again!!!!

Chelia: BRRRRRRRRRRR!!!!!  It’s getting cold!!!!!  

Cadence: How can he be taking care of the train while in wet clothes in this weather????!!!!!!

Carla: He obviously cares more about the train’s well being than he does his own.

Wendy: I worry about him………..

Carla: And you should because he’ll catch cold if he doesn’t change into a dry set of clothes!!!!

Princess Erika: My brother can be a reckless idiot when he wants to be, and a VERY stubborn one too!!!!

After pouring sand down onto the rails in front of the locomotive wheels, Cam moves over to the front left hand side of the locomotive so none of the girls can see him.  He then removes his greasy gloves before he takes off his wet overalls and button up shirt, and changes into a nice dry pair of Banana Republic Boot Cut Jean Shorts along with his Black Del Oro Pacific button-up shirt, and thick Winter Vest before putting his wet overalls and dirty gloves away in his item storage.  He then makes his way back towards the engineer’s side of the locomotive before he climbs back into the cab.

Cam: Alright Jason, the next leg of our journey is gonna be the High Line, which is the most difficult section of track, so do you mind if I take over for just this segment?

Jason: Sure, go right ahead!!!!

Jason gets up and out of the engineer’s seat before Cam sits down.

Princess Erika: ALRIGHT!!!!!  CAM IS GONNA DRIVE!!!!!

Wendy: AWESOME!!!!

Cam: Alrighty, Conductor 1 from GBL2, am I good to go?

Conductor Tony: Acknowledged, the lead is yours!!!!

Cam: Thank you much!!!!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F4--BSulJm0&list=RDF4--BSulJm0&start_radio=1

Cam then opens the cylinder drain cocks before he gives 2 blasts on the whistle.  He then pulls the sanding handle wide open in turn dumping more sand onto the track just in front of the drive wheels.  He then opens the throttle all the way and shuts it before the pistons could move.  He then gently bumps the throttle back open again before shutting it again.  Then for the third time he gently bumps the throttle back open slowly but surely one notch at a time.
Emma Nevada’s drive wheels slowly begin to move and inch forward.  Cam then gently bumps the throttle open a little more causing Emma Nevada’s wheels to gradually turn more slowly but surely, and as Emma’s drive wheels slowly turn, they grip ahold of the sand.  Cam then gently bumps the throttle open more before he starts using both hands as Emma Nevada starts huffing and puffing VERY loudly while pulling her train out of Hermosa.
Cam then notches up the Johnson Bar/Reverser little by little before opening up the throttle until it’s almost 3 quarters wide open.

Cam: ALRIGHT!!!!  We should be good!!!!

Jason and Thomas’s jaws both hit the ground, for they are shocked at how Cam got the train moving without spinning the drive wheels.
Princess Erika, Cadence, Johnny 5, Wendy, Carla, and Chelia were all blown away too.

Wendy: AMAZING!!!!!!

Chelia: HE GOT THE TRAIN MOVING WITHOUT MAKING IT STRUGGLE!!!!!

Cadence: THAT IS VERY IMPRESSIVE!!!!!

Carla: HE MOST CERTAINLY KNOWS HIS TRAIN!!!!!

Princess Erika: I’d hate to say it, but this goes to show the difference between Cam and Jason’s experience levels given that Cam has been operating steam trains for years, where as Jason just got signed off as Engineer.

Wendy: OH WOW!!!!  THAT IS SO AMAZING!!!!!

Jason: DUDE, HOW DID YOU DO THAT?????!!!!!!

Thomas: THIS ENGINE HAS A VERY TOUCHY THROTTLE!!!!!!

Cam: It’s a technique I learned both at Roaring Camp on their cantankerous 1899 heisler locomotive, and believe it or not, here on the Durango & Silverton, but in the cab of Southern Pacific Number #18.  By opening the throttle fully wide open for a split second and then shutting it right away, you are sending steam out of the throttle valve, down the dry pipe, and straight into the cylinders before cutting off the supply.  Then by gently bumping the throttle open and then shutting it, you are sending a little more steam down the dry pipe before cutting off the supply, and this gives you a head start because you already have enough steam to give you the kinetic energy needed to move the pistons just a little, yet with the drain cocks open, you’re letting the excess vent out so you’re not having too much steam push up against the pistons.  Then by gradually bumping the throttle open little by little, with the pistons and wheels already moved slightly, you are already gripping on the sand laid down on the track and you also have your momentum going for you, so it is just a matter of acceleration and not landing on the flange oilers once you’re moving.

Jason: I NEVER THOUGHT OF THAT!!!!

Cam: After a few years of experience behind the throttle, you get an idea of how the locomotive will respond in certain situations.  Early in the morning, the rails are icy because of the morning fog freezing over in Grand Bay Lake, and over here it’s still in the icy Winter Season, so planning ahead is key.  Normally gently bumping the throttle open works great under normal conditions, but when a locomotive is extra touchy, and the conditions cause for slippery rails, then some planning ahead is necessary.
That’s how it was at Roaring Camp, that’s how it was on the Cumbres & Toltec in Chama, that’s sometimes how it is in Grand Bay Lake, and that’s how it is here.
The smaller engines like C.K. Holliday, Eureka, and Ward Kimball maybe more predictable and forgiving, but generally the same principle applies to them too.

Jason: Awesome, good to know!!!!

The train then climbs high into the mountains as it passes Shalona Lake, and as the train climbs higher into the mountains, Cam hits the throttle more causing the Emma Nevada’s bark of exhaust to echo throughout the canyon walls.
As the train climbs higher into the snow capped mountains, Wendy, Chelia, Carla, Princess Erika, and Cadence all make their way back into the nicely heated passenger cars.
Wendy, Chelia, and Carla get pretty nervous when they see the Animas River get further and further and further down the gorge as the train climbs higher.

Chelia: Okay, I’m getting pretty nervous here!!!!!

Wendy: Me too!!!!

Carla: I don’t like the looks of this!!!!

Cadence: Neither do I!!!!

Princess Erika: But don’t you girls fly close to 1000 feet above the ground????!!!!!

Wendy, Chelia, Cadence, & Carla: YEAH, BUT THAT’S DIFFERENT FROM RIDING A TRAIN THAT’S BARELY HUGGING A CLIFF NEXT TO A LONG DROP INTO A GORGE!!!!

Johnny 5: The Animas River is actually a 400 foot drop into the gorge from the cliff to be exact.  In fact back in 1881 when the line was first laid out, men had to blast this area using black powder dynamite.

Wendy, Chelia, Cadence, & Carla: WE DID NOT NEED TO KNOW THAT!!!!!

The Emma Nevada soon steams through a meadow and makes its way to the Rockwood cut out.

Princess Erika: Alright, this is as far as today’s modern cars can take us, so from here onto Cascade Canyon, and eventually Silverton, it’s normally up to the 100 plus year old steam locomotives to get the passengers safely to their destination through the mountains.

Johnny 5: The famous Highline is just up ahead!!!!!

As Emma Nevada steams out of Rockwood, the train pulls in its elbows as it crosses the line into The San Juan National Forest.
A few seconds later, Jason, Thomas, Johnny 5, Cadence, Princess Erika, Wendy, Chelia, and Carla get their first glimpse of the amazing Animas Canyon Gorge.

Wendy: OKAY CARLA, NOW I AM SCARED!!!!!

Carla: THERE IS LITERALLY NOTHING BETWEEN OUR TRAIN AND THAT NASTY FALL DOWN INTO THE GORGE!!!!

Chelia: YEAH, I AM JUST LOOKING AT A HUGE DROP DOWN THIS THING!!!!!

Princess Erika: I know it’s scary, but if you look at the scenery coming up, you’ll be blown away!!!

Emma Nevada is slowed down to a nice safe pace of 7 miles an hour as she snakes her train through the twists and turns of the Animas Canyon Gorge.  
And at EVERY turn, Cam gives one long blast on the whistle followed by one short blast with a……………

WHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO, WHOOOOO!!!!!!!!!

While Jason and Thomas take turns ringing the bell.

Thomas: MY GOD!!!!!  RINGING THE BELL THIS LONG IS NO JOKE!!!!!!

Jason: YEAH, MY ARM FEELS LIKE IT’S ABOUT TO FALL OFF!!!!!

Thomas: SAME HERE!!!!!

Cam: And now I know why the Durango & Silverton has their bells rung by air instead of by hand!!!!

Emma Nevada’s beautiful whistle, bell, and bark of exhaust echo throughout the canyon as she traverses the tight curves while also struggling up a strenuous 2.5% percent grade on icy rails.
And although the view of the 400 drop into the river gorge scares Cadence, Wendy, Carla, and Chelia, they are also blown away by the incredible scenery.

Chelia: Well, as much as the long drop into the gorge scares me…………..it’s actually very pretty now that I have a better look!!!!

Carla: This scenery is spectacular minus the long fall into the gorge.

Cadence: I was thinking the same thing!!!!

Wendy: It is very beautiful!!!!

Johnny 5: The Durango & Silverton Narrow Gauge Railroad is considered as one of Earthland’s most spectacular train rides.

Princess Erika: I remember Cam and I getting into a huge argument before he left for Colorado to pursue his dream in becoming a certified steam locomotive engineer, and before his intern on this railroad was up, he did not want to leave.  He loved the scenery so much, he loved his assigned engine so much, he loved the people he worked with, and he loved the charming town of Durango itself.
I mean, the town of Durango is a small diamond in the rough, the train is a national treasure that plays an important part of our history, and Cam felt that he was part of that history.
Needless to say, he wasn’t too happy when I dragged him home. *Gigggles*

Wendy: What got Cam into trains if you don’t mind me asking?

Carla: That is something I would like to know as well.

Johnny 5: I’ve been pretty curious about that myself.

Chelia: Same here!!!

Princess Erika: There’s really no easy place to start, or easy way to say why, but it all started when he was very young, I mean NOT even a year old……………our parents took Cam and Troy on their first trip to Disneyland and when the train came into the station, Cam was completely blown away, and immediately fell in in love.  It was the same during their first trip to Walt Disney World in Florida, and during a visit up to the famous California State Railroad Museum in Sacramento.
Later on, our parents would take him to a railroad in the Santa Cruz Mountains known as Roaring Camp, and during a summer they went up to both Carson City and Virginia City in the state of Nevada to ride an old historic 100 year old train called the Virginia & Truckee Railroad.  And when Cam received his very first electric train set at age 7, then it was game over………………..
Now as for why he’s held onto that love for trains for so long where as most boys grow out of it, you will think Cam is bonkers, but Cam says that it’s like even though the train is an inanimate object, it still breathes through the fire of life.  If you feel the warmth of the fire, and see the movement of all the machinery, as well as hearing the amazing sounds of the train, you would swear that it was alive.  
I honestly don’t see how that’s possible, but Cam just sees these are living, breathing machines with their own thoughts, feelings, and personalities…………………

Carla: Come to think of it, I remember Cam telling me something similar to that a while back when he gave me a ride back to the hotel we were all staying at while you, Cam, and Troy were preparing the city for Wendy’s birthday along with the holiday celebrations…………..Jason also told me something like that too…………..

Princess Erika: I guess it’s something only a train fanatic like Cam would understand, but in all honestly, I am glad Cam has something as wonderful to hold onto because he’s been through hard times, he’s suffered depression, and has tried to kill himself more than once…………………………

Wendy: I really don’t like hearing about this………………

Chelia: Neither do I…………………

Carla: None of us do……………….

Princess Erika: It breaks my heart to bring it up because I saw him try once when I was only 7-years-old.  Poor Cam has been through a lot after Mom and Dad got a job transfer from San Francisco to Los Angeles, so Cam and Troy had to move and say goodbye to all of their friends along with everything else they knew and loved.
Once after they moved, Troy managed to make friends really fast, but Cam was teased, harassed and bullied A LOT.  Then I was born and came into their lives……………Cam would take care of me to take his mind off of things, but shortly after I started school, and Cam had more spare time on his hands, the bullying and harassment got more to him.  However, trains were a way for him to escape reality.  I remember after Cam tried to take his own life by jumping off the Golden Gate Bridge, we all made a trip up to Sacramento to visit the train museum, then went down to Roaring Camp where Cam got to drive a train for the first time in his life in a very old locomotive that dates back to 1899 named Tuolumne, and even went as far as making a visit to Walt Disney World and doing The Magic Behind The Steam Trains Tour.  It was all to help Cam escape the reality of the bullying and harassment he was going through in school, and it was through this when Cam decided that he wanted to become a locomotive engineer.
Needless to say it was because of his love for trains, he never gave suicide a thought ever again, and he actually made something of himself by becoming a certified locomotive engineer.
Heck, when he and Troy went to study abroad in England, Cam got a job as a fireman on the Paignton & Dartmouth Steam Railway to help pay for his and Troy’s part of the college program.
And years later when Cam was discharged from the Air Force, he temporarily moved back to Dartmouth England, and got his job back on the train to help get his mind off of things, ESPECIALLY all of the horrible and traumatic things that happened to him……………….

Wendy: I guess that really does make sense…………..

Carla: Come to think of it, if anyone was going through a hard time such as bullying, they’d look towards something to escape reality.

Princess Erika: EXACTLY!!!!!  Trains are a way of escaping reality for Cam, and that’s why you can see him being his true self when it comes to trains.  Because he’s on the Autistic Spectrum, he feels that he doesn’t belong in this world, but when he’s with other people who like trains just like he does, he feels a sense of belonging, and feels that he has a purpose.

Chelia: That is actually very understandable!!!!

Princess Erika: For these various reason, I always try to be nothing but supportive of him, regardless of what anyone says…………….I mean Cam is the person who I love and care about more than anyone else and the thought of losing him is unbearable…………I’ve almost lost him to a nasty car accident, suicide, a Civil War, and the Covid19 Virus, so as his little sister I need to be there to love and support him in anyway I can…………………

Wendy: I feel the exact same way Erika…………….I mean, I lost him too after we broke off the friendship and it was the most painful 2 years of my life…………….and while he was gone, I had no idea that he was involved in a dangerous war, nor did I know of the awful things that he had been through during the war, or that he had gotten very sick from a terrible virus………………but because I wasn’t there for him when he needed me during the 2 year absence, I want to be there for him now to show him how much I really love and care about him because I just can’t bare to lose him again……………..

Carla: And he’s also a very important friend to all of us………….

Chelia: So it’s important that we support him no matter what……….

Princess Erika & Wendy: RIGHT!!!!!

Emma Nevada and her train soon steam out of the Spectacular Highline and into a heavily forested area where the beautiful raging Animas River once again meets up along side the railroad line as Emma Nevada steams over a steel tress bridge spanning it.

Thomas: ALRIGHT, BLOW DOWN!!!!!

Jason: BLOW DOWN!!!!

Cam: BLOW DOWN!!!!!

As Emma Nevada steams over the bridge, Thomas opens up the blow down valve, and vaporized water comes jetting out sideways from the fireman’s side near the firebox area of the locomotive.
Wendy, Chelia, Carla, Cadence, Princess Erika, and Johnny 5 are all blown away by the beautiful scenery.

Wendy: WOW, THIS IS SO BEAUTIFUL!!!!!!  ERIKA THE MORE I EXPERIENCE IT, THE MORE I AM FALLING IN LOVE WITH YOUR WORLD!!!!!

Carla: MY WORD, I’VE NEVER SEEN ANYTHING THIS SPECTACULAR!!!!

Chelia: JUST LOOK AT ALL THE TREES………….

Cadence: I MAY NOT BE A FAN OF SNOW, BUT IT REALLY ADDS TO THE NATURAL BEAUTY OF THIS WORLD!!!!

Johnny 5: AND THE RAGING ANIMAS RIVER JUST TIES IT ALL TOGETHER!!!!

Princess Erika: I know what you mean!!!!  When I first road the train from Durango to Silverton, I was COMPLETELY BLOWN AWAY!!!!  I mean, I have been to so many amazing places, but the scenery here was just so beautiful, it was hard not to love it!!!!  But now that I see it with the snow on the ground, it gives the scenery a whole different feel.

The train continues steam through the wilderness as it makes its way towards Cascade Canyon.

Johnny 5: Alright, according to my calculations, we should be coming up to the terminal real soon………………..there should be a portal that will take you to the Forest Temple that’s deep in the well, forest!!!!

Cadence: Great!!!!  Do we have the pieces of the map???!!!!

Princess Erika: Wendy and I have em!!!!

Wendy: Right here!!!!

Princess Erika and Wendy then get out the pieces of the map, and put it together when they soon find out that the portal to The Forest Temple is not too far away.

Wendy: Okay, so it’s located more than 10 miles deep within this thick wilderness, but because of the near by portal, that really cuts down our journey, so once Johnny 5 pin-points us to the right place…………

Princess Erika: Then we should be able to get off the train, go straight through the portal, make our way through some sort of maze, and then enter The Forest Temple.

Wendy: Remember we don’t even have an hour before time restarts, so we can’t waste anytime.

Carla: Precisely!!!!

The train soon enters Cascade Canyon as the large cascading waterfalls on the sides of the mountains come into view.

Cam: Alright!!!!  The wye should be coming into view, and that’s where we’ll stop!!!!

Jason: Okay!!!!

Cam: You can take over!!!

Jason: Sounds good!!!!

Cam gets out of the engineer’s seat and Jason takes back his position.  Cam then gets out his item storage, and selects a very thick wool jacket in preparation to find the Forest Temple in the thick icy cold snow.

Carla: Okay, why are we slowing down?

Johnny 5: According to my calculations, the portal leading to The Forest Temple shouldn’t be too far away.  In fact I’d say the portal’s not even a mile away.

Carla: That’s good to hear, except…………..

Chelia: WHY DOES IT HAVE TO BE IN THIS COLD WEATHER?????!!!!!!

Princess Erika: Cam sure chose a bad time of the year to visit the state of Colorado!!!!  I mean, couldn’t he have chosen late May or Early June????!!!!

The train then stops all of a sudden.

Cadence: And we’ve stopped!!!!

Carla: If they expect me to find a temple in this weather, then they’re dead wrong!!!!

Princess Erika: Well we did deal with cold weather during the Holiday Season.

Johnny 5: Except the weather was at an average of 42 degrees, but got as cold as 35, which was just cold enough for snow.  However, we’re in the Colorado Rocky Mountains where the weather outside is currently 15 degrees.

Chelia: And I didn’t need to know that!!!!

Princess Erika: Neither did!!!!

Wendy: We’re not even dressed for this weather!!!!!

Up in the cab……….

Cam: OH CRAP!!!!  I’ve forgotten how cold it gets here in Colorado during the winter months!!!!!

Jason: I never thought it could get this cold!!!!  I mean, not even The Frozen Tundra gets this bad!!!!

Cam: It is what it is; I’ll bare with it!!!!  

Cam then puts on his thick jacket and climbs out of Emma Nevada’s cab.

Cam: While I’m away, just run Emma Nevada over the switch, and back her into the wye.  This way when the gang and I get back we’ll be facing the right way and ready to go.

Jason: Alright!!!!

Cam then scrambles onto the train, and makes his way into the enclosed passenger cars.

Cam: Okay, this is our stop.  Jason will only be running the train over the switch up ahead, before he backs it into the wye and turns it around.  

Princess Erika: A heads up warning about the cold weather would have been nice Cam!!!!

Wendy: Yeah, I had no idea it could get this cold!!!!

Carla: If you expect me to go out in this, then no way!!!!

Chelia: Yeah, we’re not dressed for this weather.

Cam: Fair enough, so if you’d like, I’ll take the map, and head on over to the Portal that’ll lead to the Forest Temple.  Once I’m passed the portal, I can have all of you teleported.

Princess Erika: That actually might work!!!!

Carla: Okay………………..

Cam: We’ll keep in touch via phone call through the Ipad, and once I’m through the portal, I’ll activate my teleporting crystal, and get you girls teleported over there.
Johnny 5, I’ll be counting on you for the coordinates.

Johnny 5: Yes Sir!!!!!

Cam then scrambles off the train, opens up the map, and follows it.  Wendy however was not gonna hang around………..

Wendy: I may not like the cold, but I can’t hang around and do nothing!!!!

Carla: WENDY, YOU DON’T MEAN YOU’RE GOING OUT IN THIS COLD WEATHER DRESSED LIKE THAT!!!!!

Wendy: SORRY, BUT CAM NEEDS MY HELP!!!!!

Chelia: WENDY GET BACK HERE!!!!!

Cadence: WENDY IT’S TOO DANGEROUS!!!!!

But before anyone could stop her, Wendy scrambles off the train and takes off after Cam.

Wendy: HEY CAM, WAIT UP!!!!!

Cam: WHAT THE, WENDY, WHAT ARE YOU DOING OUT HERE IN THE COLD NOT BUNDLED UP????!!!!!!  ARE YOU CRAZY!!!!!

Wendy: We’re a team and we’re in this together!!!!  Besides you can’t go out looking for the portal alone…………….especially in this cold weather.

Cam: Wendy, you’ll need this more than me……….

Cam removes his thick wool jacket off of his back and places it on Wendy to keep her warm.

Wendy: CAM, WHAT ARE YOU DOING????!!!!!  YOU’LL CATCH COLD!!!!!

Cam: I’ll survive…………besides I’ve been through worse………………

Wendy: You know, you really are a reckless dummy sometimes, and I really worry about you…………

Cam: I know.

Wendy: But you’re still my best friend.  

Wendy then gives Cam a gentle kiss on the cheek before she gently hops on Cam’s back.

Wendy: Thank you for always being such an amazing friend.

Cam: Once a best friend, always a best friend……….

Wendy: And that will never change!!!

Cam then gets on his Ipad just in time to receive a call from Princess Erika.

Princess Erika: Oh good Wendy’s with you!!!!

Carla: CHILD, WHAT ARE YOU TRYING TO DO, GIVE ME A HEART ATTACK!!!!!  IT IS FAR TOO DANGEROUS FOR YOU TO BE OUT THERE IN THIS WEATHER!!!!!

Wendy: Sorry Carla, but I couldn’t let Cam go off by himself!!!!  We have to follow the buddy system since we’re all in danger of being a target.  Besides Cam and I are a team, and we’ll find the portal much faster if we work together.

Carla: You do make a valid point, but you can’t go off making rash decisions Child.

Wendy: I’M NOT A CHILD CARLA!!!!!

Carla: You certainly still act like one Wendy!!!!!

Carla then sees that Wendy is wearing Cam’s jacket as he carries her on his back through the thick and heavy snow.  She then smiles happy to know that no matter what happens, Cam will always be there to take care of her.

Carla: At least you’re with Cam, and will be safe with him………….

Wendy: Of course I will!!!!!  But he can be very reckless you know???!!!!

Chelia: So can you!!!!!

Princess Erika: You 2 really are A LOT alike you know????!!!!!

Cam & Wendy: We know!!!! LOL!!!

Cadence: But that’s why you’re both such wonderful friends!!!!  Anyways, Johnny 5 will help guide you.

Johnny 5: According to my calculations, the portal is less than 3 quarters of a mile away from where you are now!!!!

Cam: Awesome!!!!  It should take us about 7-10 minutes to get there!!!!!

As Cam and Wendy continue their way through the snow, Jason gently coaxes Emma Nevada and her train over the switch before he backs her into the wye to turn the train around and get it facing the correct way to go back to Durango.


To Be Continued…………………………………

Chapter 34

Through The Lost Woods and Into The Forest Temple

After following Johnny 5’s instructions, it’s not long before Cam and Wendy find the portal leading to The Forest Temple.

Wendy: There it is!!!!!

Cam: That will lead us to The Forest Temple!!!!!

Cam and Wendy then enter through the Portal only to end up in The Lost Woods………….

Cam: What the?????!!!!!

Wendy: What is this place?????!!!!!!

Cam: It looks like we’re smack dab in the middle of the San Juan National Forest……………….

Wendy: Not sure where it is we are on the map however…………

Johnny 5: You’re both currently in the Lost Woods!!!! It reaches over 15 miles away from the railroad line’s right of way, but thankfully you’re only 1.5 miles away from the portal…………..

Cam: Good to know, so it should take us about 15 minutes to reach the Forest Temple.

Wendy: That doesn’t sound too bad…………

Cam: For now at least………..

Johnny 5: Just keep going straight, and make a right in half a mile. The area around the trees will get darker the closer you reach the Temple.

Wendy: Okay!!!
Cam, you can let me down now.

Cam: Alrighty!!! It doesn’t seem as cold now as it did before we entered the portal.

Wendy: Yeah, so I’ll be fine.

Johnny 5: For some reason the outside air near The Forest Temple is 30 degrees warmer at a more tolerable 45 degrees. No idea why that is…………….

Cam: Hey, I’ll take it!!!!

Wendy: Me too!!!!

Wendy then removes Cam’s jacket off of her and hands it back to him.

Wendy: I should be fine for now, but thank you for letting me borrow this.

Cam: Anytime Wendy.

Wendy then gives Cam a gentle kiss on the cheek as Cam gently holds her hand before the 2 continue following Johnny 5’s directions.

Cam: Okay, we’re almost at the half mile marker………………

Wendy: Where to next?

Johnny 5: According to my calculations, in just another quarter mile the forest will try to deceive with multiple paths……………3 of them will get you lost in the Forest while ONLY 1 will lead you to the temple……………………..

Cam: Then that’s when the Eye Of Truth will be needed!!!!!

Wendy: My thought’s exactly!!!!

Johnny 5: Looks like you guys have an idea of what to do!!!!

Carla: Well of course they do!!!! If you have forgotten, they’ve worked together before when they rescued Troy from Lemmy’s Castle, Solved the mystery behind the Haunting of the Jekyll, Hyde, and Kimball Mansion, and then took down both Larry and Iggy’s Castles. Not to mention they took down that monstrous bird King Helmaroc, and they recently took out The Butt Jiggle Gang and Sylph Labyrinth together, so I wouldn’t underestimate them.

Princess Erika: After all the battles they fought together, it wouldn’t surprise me if they knew what each other was thinking.

Chelia: Yeah, together they are unstoppable!!!!

Cadence: Ever since day 1 their bond has always been close………………..He trusts her, she trusts him……………………they understand each other’s thoughts feelings, responsibilities, and have strong faith in each other………………

Princess Erika: Not to mention when they fight, they are SUPER powerful, so best not to get on their bad sides!!!! LOL!!!!

Cam: You know we can hear everything you’re saying…………..

Wendy: Yeah, it’s kinda embarrassing!!!! *Blushes and giggles*

Chelia: You know it’s true Wendy!!!!

Wendy: Anyways, how much farther?

Cam: I think that’s the fork in the road up ahead……….

Johnny 5: Remember only one of them will take you to the Temple.

Cam: No problem!!!!

Cam gets out the Eye Of Truth and immediately finds the correct path………….

Wendy: We found it, and it’s the one on the far right!!!!

Cam: The Eye Of Truth saves our rear ends again!!!!

Johnny 5: And to think you went through a Portal to Hell to find it!!!!

Cam: Down a mineshaft actually……………………

Wendy: I still can’t believe you left us in the dark about it, but I’m glad you made it out of there okay.

Cam: It was an insane amount of luck that got me through that unscathed given that the Ghost Town Of Goldfield has a lot of unknown evil lurking below it, and the Mineshaft is a hotspot that holds a portal leading to the afterlife.

Princess Erika: Speaking of which, aren’t there more mineshafts hidden in the mountains near Silverton?

Cam: Yes!!!! Both the towns of Durango and Silverton were built by the Denver & Rio Grande Railroad because it mined so much silver out of the mountains. In fact Silverton received its name given that silver was mined and delivered by the ton, so you can imagine how much weight in silver was mined out of the mountains.

Wendy: That’s amazing!!!!

Cam: A lot happened between the late 1860s through the 1880s, especially when it came to the mining industry across the US. Unfortunately, during the economic crash of 1888, most of the mining industries fell apart, and A LOT of old mining towns became Ghost Towns. Durango, Silverton, Cripple Creek, Georgetown, Chama, Antonito, and Virginia City, are some of very few mining towns that were lucky to survive thanks to tourism and historical preservation.

Wendy: WOW!!!! Your world is so full of amazing history!!!! It’s a shame we’re visiting here in the dead of Winter.

Cam: Unlike California which holds all forms of Climates varying from the warm sea sides to the icy cold snow capped mountains, Colorado is WAY more inland, and in the middle of the Rocky Mountains. Therefor you were able to experience California’s warmer climate by the coast line in the dead of winter, where as in Colorado, you’re caught in the middle of heavy snow in an icy cold climate in the mountains. However during the late Spring through the Summer, and Autumn months, Colorado is by far one of the most beautiful states in the nation. And when all this snow melts, this wilderness and scenery is a natural wonder that time forgot, and is a hidden gem that not a lot of people get to see except by the train or hiking.

Wendy: OH WOW!!!! I would really like to come back during a warmer time.

Cam: Most definitely because this scenery of untamed wilderness is best seen from Late May through mid-June when all the melted snow sends run off down the mountains making the waterfalls extra powerful and more beautiful. Plus all the trees and vegetation are super green, and all the gorgeous flowers are in full bloom. Also the weather is not more than 80 degrees and since it’s mostly dry heat it’s fairly tolerable compared to Grand Bay Lake and California’s humidity.

Wendy: That sounds wonderful!!!!

At long last Cam and Wendy make it to the entrance of The Forest Temple.

Cam: Alright, we made it!!!!!

Wendy: Everyone get ready to teleport!!!!

Cam and Wendy get out their teleporting crystals as Princess Erika, Carla, Chelia, and Cadence get out theirs.

Cam: Okay, there should be a lacrima of some kind implanted in the Temple to supply the necessary magic power to activate the teleporting crystals. Either that, or the black magic I sense coming out of the temple should be plentiful to do the job.

Wendy: That’s what I’m picking up!!! The amount of magic power is almost overwhelming……………at least it should teleport no prob.

Cam: I’m just making sure because I remember Carla trying to use hers during the Holiday season years ago only for it not to work when the city’s main lacrima broke due to the snow storm.

Wendy: I almost forgot about that!!!!

Carla: Again, must you bring that up????!!!!

Princess Erika: Okay Johnny 5, we’re heading off to the temple. You stand by and guard the train.

Chelia: And make sure Jason, Thomas, and Tony don’t take off on us.

Carla: You stay put too, we can’t afford to lose you or our transportation. If the Horned King should get ahold of you, it would be dangerous because he could track us using your tracking systems.

Cadence: We’re counting on you Johnny!!!!

Johnny 5: No prob; I’m on the job!!!!

Cam and Wendy then activate their teleporting crystals, and manage to get Princess Erika, Carla, Chelia, and Cadence safely teleported off the train and over to the entrance outside of the Forest Temple.

Cam: Alright, glad to see you all made it safely!!!!

Wendy: We don’t have any time to lose!!!!

Carla: Correct, we don’t even have an hour before we need to get back on the train, so we must get moving.

Princess Erika: And fast!!!!

Chelia: Let’s move it!!!!

Cam, Wendy, and the rest of the gang make a mad dash up the staircase leading to the large stone door blocking the entrance of the Forest Temple.

Cam: Alrighty, time for me to unlock this door………..

Wendy: I’ll give you hand with that Cam!!!

Cam: Thanks Wendy!!!!

Wendy: No prob!!!!

Cam places his left hand on the giant stone doors and Wendy places her right hand next to Cam’s. Together they channel their magic energy through the doors causing their Royal Amulets to glow and resonate, and as their Royal Amulets glow and resonate, the giant stone doors slowly begin to open.

Chelia: AMAZING!!!!

Princess Erika: I tell ya, their bond is literally unbreakable, and that’s why they’re both so powerful.

Carla: Both of em have come a long ways since we first met!!!!!

Cadence: It only seems like yesterday we were fighting the monster in the Town Of Beginnings’ Dungeon, and it’s hard to believe that has already been several years ago.

The giant stone doors are finally fully open, and both Cam and Wendy high five each other.

Cam: BOO…….

Wendy: & YEAH!!!!!

Cam: Nothing to it!!!

Wendy: Yeah!!!

Cam and Wendy then make a mad dash into The Forest Temple leaving everyone else behind.

Carla: HEY, WENDY????!!!!!! DON’T GO RUNNING OFF CHILD!!!!

Princess Erika: YEAH CAM, WAIT FOR US!!!!!

Chelia: YOU GUYS ARE WAY TOO FAST!!!!

Cadence: BE CAREFUL, THERE ARE BOOBY TRAPS EVERYWHERE!!!!!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XqCdOHikk0Y&t=7s

Upon arrival inside the Forest Temple, Johnny 5 pinpoints where the first key is.

Johnny 5: Alright, according to my calculations the first key is somewhere in the entry way outside the Temple Building.

Cam: Okay, I’m not seeing anything here, so it must mean………..

Cam then looks above him and sees 2 giant trees towering the Temple Building’s entry way.

Cam: BINGO!!!!

Cam then jumps high into the air, gets out his long shot, aims at on of the trees branches, and springs up to the top of the tree. He then sees a large platform on top of the neighboring tree with a switch embedded in it.

Cam: Okay, that must be what brings in the chest containing the key.

But as Cam attempts to jump over to the neighboring tree, giant spiders jump down from the ceiling.

Cam: Oh, I don’t have time for this.

Cam then gets out his good old fashioned 38 Caliber Revolver, loads it up, and shoots the spiders down with a single bullet. Unfortunately the spiders come crashing to the ground dead causing Wendy, Chelia, Carla, Princess Erika, and Cadence to freak out.

All Girls: *FREAK OUT AND SCREAM* AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!

Chelia: THOSE THINGS ARE HUGE!!!!!!!

Princess Erika: THEY’RE DEAD RIGHT?????!!!!!

Cam: YEP, KILLED EM WITH ONE BULLET!!!!!

Wendy: SO THAT’S WHY I HEARD GUN SHOTS!!!!

Cam then jumps over to the neighboring tree, gets out the Megaton Hammer, hits the rusted switch, and low and behold a treasure chest drops down on the other tree.

Cam: And there it is!!!!

Cam then gets out his long shoot, aims it at the treasure chest, springs across to the neighboring tree, opens the chest, retrieves the first key, jumps back down to the ground, and regroups with everyone.

Cam: I got it!!!!

Carla: YOU SHOW OFF!!!!

Chelia: Glad to see someone can get the job done in no time flat! -_-

Wendy: NOW, NOW!!!! BE NICE!!!! What matters is Cam got the first key!!!!

Cam: Okay Johnny, do you have any idea on where we should go next?

Johnny 5: Just enter the Temple Building, and once you’re in, I’ll give you the directions you need to find the map.

Cam: Sounds good!!!! Alright Girls, let’s go!!!!

Wendy: I’m ready when you are Cam!!!

Princess Erika: Right behind you!!!

Cam and the girls then enter the Forest Temple Building, but just like before, giant spiders come dropping down from the ceiling causing all the girls to freak out.

All Girls: *FREAK OUT & SCREAM* AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!

Chelia: MY GOD I HATE SPIDERS!!!!!!!

Wendy: I KNOW WE FOUGHT BIGGER ONES IN THE TOWN OF BEGINNINGS BUT I STILL HATE THEM!!!!!

Princess Erika: OUR PET TARANTULA IS ONE THING I CAN TOLERATE, BUT THESE ARE TOO MUCH!!!!!

Cadence: I DON’T WANT TO TURN INTO HORSE MEET!!!!

Carla: AND I’M NOT READY TO BE TURNED INTO CAT NIP EITHER!!!!!

Just like before Cam gets out his 38 Caliber Revolver, aims the gun at the spiders, and shots em all down in no time flat.

Cam: Just a bunch of overgrown arachnids!!!!!

Cam then proceeds to the next door with a lock on it slides the key into the lock, and unlocks the door.

Cam: ALRIGHT, I got the door unlocked!!!!

Wendy: Great!!!!

Chelia: Not a moment too soon!!!!

Princess Erika: Way to go Cam!!!!

Cam and the girls then make a mad dash through the door and arrive at what looks like the giant foyer of mansion. Surrounding the center of the room are 4 colorful flames lighting up giant golden candles.

Cam: OOOOOOOKAAAAAAAY!!!!! This looks WAY TOO familiar!!!!

Wendy: You’ve seen this before Cam????!!!!

Cam: I feel like I have long ago, but I’m not really catching grip on where I have……………

Cam then notices a large open sided wooden elevator smack dab in the center of the room as Wendy notices the colorful flames transform into apparitions causing her to tightly grab Cam’s hand.

Wendy: Cam……………….I don’t like the looks of those things!!!!!!

Chelia: ARE THOSE GHOSTS?????!!!!!!!

Princess Erika: As if being on the Queen Mary or in room 217 of The Stanley Hotel didn’t freak me out enough…………….

The elevator then lowers down into the basement as all 4 colorful apparitions branch off and vanish into 4 sections of the temple.

Cam: I could have sworn that I have seen this before……………..

Princess Erika: I know what you mean!!!! Why does it look so familiary????!!!!!!

Carla: Well if you have any recollection of this place, then anything will help!!!!

Cam: If I remember, we will find the next key dead ahead!!!

Princess Erika: Yeah, just up the staircase and through the door!!!!!

Johnny 5: THAT’S EXACTLY WHERE YOU’LL FIND IT ACCORDING TO MY CALCULATIONS!!!!!!

Chelia & Wendy: WOAH!!!! HOW DO THEY KNOW THAT?????!!!!!

Carla: BEATS ME!!!!!

Cadence: That is scary!!!!!

Cam and all the girls make a mad dash across the atrium, scramble up the staircase on the other side, make their way through the door, run right through a long corridor, and venture into a large room where 2 wolfos appear causing Carla to freak out.

Carla: *SCREAMS* AAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!! I AM NOT READY TO BECOME CAT NIP!!!!!

Cam: DON’T WORRY CARLA I’VE GOT THIS ONE!!!!!

Wendy: AND I HAVE THIS ONE!!!!!

Cam unsheathes the Night Sky Sword, and takes one of them out in one blow while Wendy………….

Wendy: SKY MAGIC CRUSHING FANG!!!!!!!

Uses her Sky Magic Crushing Fang attack to take out the other in one shot as well before a small treasure chest appears in the middle of the room.

Carla: THANKS YOU 2!!!!! I thought I was a goner!!!!

Wendy: Don’t worry Carla, we won’t let anything happen to you!!!!

Cam: Yeah, and a Wolfos is a VERY WEAK monster that can be taken down in just one blow with just The Night Sky. Had I used Excalibur it would have been obliterated in a matter of milliseconds.

Wendy: And they’re nothing my sky magic can’t handle.

Chelia: Yeah, yeah; way to make us look bad you show offs!!!!

Princess Erika on the other hand scrambles over to the treasure chest and retrieves the second silver key.

Princess Erika: AWESOME, I GOT THE SECOND KEY!!!!

Cam: AWESOME!!!!!

Wendy: Yeah, thank you so much Erika!!!!

Princess Erika: Don’t mention it!!!!

Cadence: Why do I get the feeling that us 3 are dragging those 3 down?

Chelia: Because Cam, Wendy, and Princess Erika are the most powerful magic users in The Magic Kingdom????!!!!

Carla: And yet they barely used any magic at all……………..

Wendy: Okay, where to next?

Princess Erika: Yeah, where exactly do we go next from here?

Cam: Johnny 5, if memory of this place serves me right, then it’s back out and make a right, am I correct?

Johnny 5: RIGHT ON MASTER CAM!!!!

Cam: No idea why I know or remember this, but I just know it for some reason!!!!

Carla: Again, anything helps!!!!

Cam, and the girls retrace their steps, head back out into the foyer, make a right, run up another staircase, through another door, and wind up trapped in a hallway by a Stalfos.

Cam: OH NO, NOT ONE OF THESE GUYS AGAIN!!!!

Cam unsheathes the Knight Sky Sword as the Stalfos charges towards Cam and swings his sword.

Wendy: WE’LL HELP YOU OUT!!!!! SKY MAGIC TALON!!!!!!!!

Princess Erika: WATER MAGIC TALON!!!!!!

Chelia: SKY MAGIC HOOOOOOWWWWWWWWWWWWLLLLL!!!!!!!!

By combining their attacks, Wendy, Chelia, and Princess Erika, take out the Stalfos in just one attack.

Princess Erika: BOO &…………

Wendy & Chelia: YEEEEEEEEAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!!!!!

Wendy, Chelia, and Princess Erika all high five each other haven taken out a Stalfos without Cam’s help.

Cam: LOL!!!! Guess I didn’t need to draw my sword then.

Carla: Goes to show how much stronger the girls have been become over the passed 2 years.

Cadence: That’s for sure!!!!

Cam: Well the stronger they are, the faster we’ll get through this temple!!!!

Carla: My thought’s exactly!!!!

Cadence: Now we can’t waste anymore time; we have to keep going!!!!

Cam: Good point!!!! Let’s go girls!!!

Princess Erika, Wendy, & Chelia: RIGHT!!!!!

Cam and the girls continue their way through the corridor, and enter a very confusing room full of ladders. Needless to say that ALL the girls except Cadence and Princess Erika give Cam a dirty look when they see the ladders.

Carla: Don’t even think about making us climb the ladders first!!!!

Chelia: We’re all in mini skirts here if you remember!!!!

Wendy: And don’t even think about running off and facing the boss on your own this time!!!!

Cam: Don’t worry; I learned my lesson the hard way last time. There are a few puzzles I need to solve in this room anyways. The question is where to start.

Cadence: Maybe 2 of you go while the rest of us wait here.

Cam: Good point!!!! Hop on my back Wendy. I’ll carry you up the ladder, and we’ll figure out the puzzles together. Once we got it all worked out, Cadence, you fly Princess Erika up here, and Carla can carry Chelia.

Cadence: No problem!!!

Carla: That actually sounds like a good plan!!!

Chelia: Hey, that’s actually not a bad idea!!!

Wendy: Glad to see you’re thinking things through Cam!!!

Princess Erika: Just be careful you 2!!!!

Cam & Wendy: No Prob!!!!

Wendy then hops on Cam’s back as he makes his way over to the ladder, and carrys Wendy on his back as he climbs up to the next floor.
Once they reach the second floor Cam gently lets Wendy off of his back.

Cam: Alright, we’re on the second floor, so……….

Wendy then spots something out of the ordinary.

Wendy: Cam look, there are yellow arrows on the ground!!!!!

Cam: They hold a vital clue that is for a factor!!!!

Wendy: Hmmmmmmmm!!! I wonder what they can be pointing to………….

Cam then sees a giant square block just behind the yellow marked arrows.

Cam: AH-HAAAAA!!!!! I think we drag these giant blocks and follow the arrows.

Wendy: That could be it!!!!!

Cam grabs the giant block while Wendy wraps her arms around Cam’s waist, and together they tug with all their might and haul the giant square block along the marked yellow arrows along the ground until they see the arrows change direction.

Wendy: CAM, LOOK!!!!! THE ARROWS!!!!!

Cam: They’re changing directions!!!! Now we must shove this thing!!!!

Wendy: Okay!!!!

Cam and Wendy make their way to another side of the giant square block, and using all their might, they shove the giant square block along the yellow painted arrows on the floor.
After a loud and solid…………

CLUNK!!!!!

The giant square block falls right into place before Cam lifts Wendy by her waist sides, and helps her climb on top of the giant square block before jumping up, and hauling himself on top of the giant square block.

Cam: Now I know what these are for!!!! Easier way of getting from one floor to another.

Wendy: That makes sense I guess!!!!

Cam then lifts Wendy up by her waist sides again, and helps her climb onto a ledge which happens to be on the edge of the 3rd floor of the temple.
He then jumps up and hauls himself onto the 3rd floor where he and Wendy find another giant square block that must be moved.

Wendy: Okay, we have another one of these things!!!!

Cam: Must move it into the right location!!!!

Wendy: Right!!!!

Just like before, Cam and Wendy tug and shove with all their might as they haul and shove the giant square block all along the marked yellow arrows on the floor until they feel and hear a nice big solid………………..

CLUNK!!!!!!!!

As the giant square block falls right into place!!!! Cam and Wendy then high five each other for a job well done.

Cam & Wendy: OH YEAH!!!!

Cam: Got that done in no time flat!!!!

Wendy: There is no stopping us now!!!!

And of course Wendy gives Cam a gentle kiss on the cheek causing Cam to blush.

Cam: *BLUSHES DARK* WAHHT!!! Was not expecting that…………I………….I’ll inform the others to join us. You wait here!!!!

Wendy: *Giggles* Okay!!!!

As Wendy jumps on top of the giant square block and waits, Cam makes his way back down to the second floor of the large room, and informs the others to rendezvous.

Cam: Okay, the rest of you come on up and follow me!!!!!

Princess Erika: OKAY!!!! We’re on it!!!!!

Princess Erika hops on Cadence’s back while Carla wraps her arms around Chelia’s waist, and together the girls regroup with Cam on the second floor, and follow him to the giant square block where Wendy was waiting.

Cam: Hope I didn’t keep you waiting long Wendy.

Wendy: Na-ah, not at all!!!! However I found this crystal like switch here of some kind………………

Cam: That can only be activated by one of your girls magic…………my sword is useless on them, and so is my combat enhancement magic.

Wendy: No Prob, I’ll take care of it!!!! SKY MAGIC WING ATTACK!!!!!

Using her Sky Magic Wing Attack, Wendy strikes the giant crystal switch activating it and causing a target of some kind to pop out of the ground.

Wendy: Not sure what this is!!!!

Cam: Thanks Wendy!!!! It’s a target of my long shot to grab onto, and you’re a live saver.

Wendy: *Blushes bright pink* Oh, it was nothing………….really!!!! *Giggles*

Cam: Anyways, onwards and upwards.

Wendy: Right!!!!

Cam and the rest of the gang continue their way through the first floor before Cam once again carries Wendy on his back as he climbs up another ladder while Cadence flies Princess Erika on her back, and Carla wraps her arms around Chelia’s waist and flies her up to the 4th floor where everyone sees a locked door guarded by Blue Bubble Skulls.

Princess Erika: Let me deal with them……………WATER MAGIC WING ATTACK!!!!!!

With quick use of her water magic wing attack, Princess Erika takes out the 2 blue bubble skulls in one shot.

Chelia: AWESOME JOB ERIKA!!!!

Carla: Good thinking on your part Child!!!!

Princess Erika: Oh, it was nothing!!!! *Giggles*

Cam: Alrighty, onwards and upwards.

Cam and the girls continue their way through the long dark corridor and soon arrive in a giant room where EVERYTHING is upside down.

Cam: WHAT THE????!!!!!

Carla: OH DEAR, MY WORD; THIS DOES NOT LOOK RIGHT!!!!!

Chelia: EVERYTHING IN THIS ROOM IS UPSIDE DOWN!!!!

Princess Erika: And that large treasure chest looks AWFULLY familiar!!!!

Cam: That’s because it’s the chest that holds the boss key!!!! Normally you wouldn’t find it until you’re near the boss, but here we barely scratched the surface!!!!

Wendy: Why is that????!!!!

Cadence: Beats me, but it must be to confuse the heck out of us!!!!

Cam: This Temple does not make ANY sense at all right now!!!!
But since the boss key is just down there, we might as well get it!!!!

Wendy: I’ll follow you!!!!

As Cam and Wendy jump off the ledge and down onto the ceiling to retrieve the boss key, Cadence sees a giant hand known as The Wall Master come down.

Cadence: CAM, WENDY, LOOK OUT!!!!! THERE’S A GIANT HAND!!!!

Chelia: DON’T WORRY, WE’LL HANDLE IT!!!!!! SKY MAGIC BOREAS!!!!!!

Princess Erika: TSNAMI STRIKE WATER DRILL MAGIC ATTACK!!!!!

By combining their attack powers, both Chelia and Princess Erika take out the Wall Master in one shot in no time flat just as Cam and Wendy open the large treasure chest.

Chelia & Princess Erika: BOO YEAH!!!!

Cam: Thanks girls!!!! Your timing couldn’t have been more perfect!!!!

Wendy: Yeah, you really saved us!!!!!

Chelia: Don’t worry about it, it was nothing!!!!

Princess Erika: Yeah, we got your backs!!!!

Cam: Alrighty, now to remove the boss key out of here!!!

Wendy: Right!!!!

Cam and Wendy slowly open the large treasure chest and remove the boss key out of it.

Cam: Now this is weird!!!! Getting ahold of the boss key before the Dungeon Map or compass is not typical!!!!

Wendy: This place just keeps getting weirder and weirder!!!!

Cam: You got that right, now to……………WAHTTT……..WOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!!!!

Shortly after Cam gets back on his feet, he falls right through a pit hidden in the floor, or ceiling depending on how you look at it.

Wendy: CAM????!!!!!!

Chelia: HE MUST HAVE FALL THROUGH THAT HOLE IN THE GROUND!!!!

Wendy: ARE YOU OKAY????!!!!! SAY SOMETHING!!!!

But Cam hits the ground with a VERY LOUD…………

BANG!!!!!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=50C9yHcwjVk

And then finds himself face to face with another giant hand known as a Floor Master.

Cam: OH, FLYIN FUCKEN SHIT!!!!

Wendy: HE’S FINE!!! -_-

Cam gets out The Megaton Hammer and smashes the Floor Master To bits in one shot.

Cam: Coming face to face with a Floor Master after a 50 foot drop “Straight Down Into The Briar Patch” is what you call VERY pleasant…………NOT!!!!! -_-
OH GREAT, I FORGOT, THE FLOOR MASTER MULTIPLIES INTO SMALLER HANDS!!!!!

Cam then unsheathes The Night Sky Sword, performs The Sword Spin Hurricane, and takes out the Floor Master’s Off Spring.

Cam: Well, that was fun!!!

Wendy: Cam, we’re coming down, so don’t go anywhere!!!!

Cam: No problem.

Wendy then jumps right into the hole making Cam freak out.

Cam: WHAT THE????!!!!! ARE YOU OUT OF YOUR MIND??????!!!!!!!

Luckily Cam catches her in his arms just in time and both Chelia and Princess Erika see the whole thing.

Chelia: AWWWWWWWWWWWW!!!! HOW SWEET!!!!

Princess Erika: THAT WAS SO CUTE!!!!

Cam: What were you thinking????!!!! That is more than a 50 foot drop right through the floor.

Wendy: I knew you’d catch me, so I had no reason to worry!!!! *Giggles*

Cam: You’re not a suitcase and could have been seriously hurt!!!!

Wendy: I know, but I also know you won’t let anything happen to me, right???!!!!

Cam: *Blushes Dark Red* You make a valid point!!!

Wendy then gives Cam a gentle kiss on the cheek causing him to blush even more as he gently lowers her back onto her feet. Both Chelia and Princess Erika can see that Cam and Wendy are WAY more than just best friends, but they don’t say anything.

Chelia: Cam, Wendy, we’re coming down too!!!!

Carla: NOT RECKLESSLY LIKE THAT YOU’RE NOT!!!!

Cadence: Wait right there; we’ll fly you girls down!!!!

Carla wraps her arms around Chelia’s waist while Princess Erika hops on Cadence’s back before they are flown down and reunited with Cam and Wendy in the room below.

Cam: Alrighty, I’m not sure where we go from here, so Johnny 5, do you have any clues?

Johnny 5: Once you go straight out the door, you’ll make a right, and should find the next key there.

Cam: Awesome!!!!

Cam and the girls exit the room out into what appears to be a courtyard before they make a right into a room where they come face to face with a mummy causing all of the girls to freak out.

All Girls: *SCREAM* AAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!

Princess Erika: EWWWWWWWWW GROSS!!!!!

Wendy: WHAT IS THAT THING?????!!!!!

Carla: WHAT A HORRID AND VILE LOOKING CREATURE!!!!!!

Wasting no time, Cam unsheathes Excalibur and takes out the mummy using one mighty slash of the sword before a treasure chest appears.

Cam: God, I HATE those things. A gaze from a mummy paralyzes you in no time flat before it siphons your life force, so best to act fast, and take it down before it has the chance to gaze at you.

Chelia: That’s good to know!!!

Cadence: Are there more of those around?

Cam: Possibly, but then again this temple is full of goodness knows how many monsters.

Princess Erika: The sooner we get out of this place, the better!!!!

Wendy: I feel the same way!!!

Carla: I think we all do!!!

Cam then opens the treasure chest and retrieves the key.

Cam: Alrighty, I got the next key, so where to?

Johnny 5: Go back out to the courtyard then continue straight ahead and you should be back in the large room full of ladders.

Cam: Alright!!!!

Wendy: Sounds straight forward!!!

Cam and the girls get make out into the courtyard, continue making their way straight through a door, and back in the giant room full of ladders behind a giant ice barrier and a crystal switch.

Cam: Alright, we have another switch.

Wendy: I’ll take care of this!!!! SKY MAGIC WING ATTACK!!!!

Using her Sky Magic attack, Wendy activates the crystal switch in turn removing the ice barrier and opening up their pathway.

Johnny: Retrace your steps back to the top of the room, and make your way back to the long corridor leading to the room with the boss key. By hitting the switch, you have not only removed the ice barriers, but you’ve also altered the corridor and room with the boss key.

Carla: Makes sense.

Cam: Okay Carla, Cadence, and Chelia, you girls can fly back up to corridor while I’ll carry Wendy up the floating ice blocks to get there.

Wendy: Okay Cam, I’m ready when you are!!!

Wasting no time, Wendy hops on Cam’s back before Cam gets out the Long Shot, springs his way to a target on a high ledge, and makes his way higher up the Temple using the floating ice blocks while Carla and Cadence fly Chelia and Princess Erika higher up the temple until they all rendezvous outside the corridor.

Wendy: Perfect now you can let me off Cam!!!

Cam: No problem!!!

Carla: Okay, now when Johnny said the corridor has been altered, what do you think he meant by that?

Chelia: That’s what I’m trying to figure out………..

Cam: We’ll soon find out.

Cam and the girls then make their way through the door leading to the long dark corridor and soon find their answer. Cam then realizes why the temple’s layout looks so familiar.

Wendy: OH MY GOSH!!!!

Chelia: THE CORRIDOR IS TWISTED!!!!!!

Carla: NOW I KNOW WHAT HE MEANT BY ALTERED!!!!

Cam: OF COURSE, WHY DIDN’T I THINK OF THIS BEFORE????!!!!!!

Princess Erika: WHAT IS IT CAM????!!!!

Cam: This is The Forest Temple From The Legend OF Zelda Master Quest!!!! NO WONDER IT LOOKS SO FAMILIAR!!!!

Princess Erika: I THOUGHT I KNEW IT FROM SOMEWHERE AN IT MAKES SENSE!!!!

Carla: Well with no map, I’m glad you and Johnny 5 have some sense of direction of the place!!!!

Cam: Took me a while to clear it, but I managed!!!

Wendy: We know you’ll get us through this Cam because we all believe in you!!!!

Cam: When there’s a will there’s a way!!! We’ll get through this in the remaining 40 minutes we have left.

Cadence: YIKES!!!! Is that how much time we have left????!!!!

Carla: I’m afraid so!!!

Chelia: Then there’s no time to lose; we must keep going!!!!



To Be Continued………………

Chapter 35

The Labyrinth That Never Stops!!!!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XqCdOHikk0Y&t=7s

Chelia: We have no time to lose; we have to put our heads in the game and keep going!!!!

Wendy: Right!!!

Cam and the girls make their way through the twisted corridor, and wind up back in the room where they found the boss key, which is now right side up this time.

Cam: Glad to see the room is now right side up!!!!

Princess Erika: And to see that there are platforms in the ground.

Cam: There’s a locked door on the right, and that will take us to where we need to go.

One by one, Cam, Wendy, Chelia, Princess Erika, Carla, and Cadence jump across the pillars, and make their way to the locked door. Princess Erika gets out a silver key and unlocks the door.

Princess Erika: Okay, I got it!!!!

Cam: Awesome!!!!

Wendy: Way to go Erika!!!!

Chelia: No time to lose!!!

Our friends then go through the door, and make their way to the top of a stair banister, down a staircase, and into a dark room where they come face to face with yet another Stalfos Skeleton.

Cam: And we have to deal with one of these guys again!!!

Wendy: NOT IF I CAN HELP IT!!!!! SKY MAGIC ROOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAAARRRR!!!!!

Chelia: SKY MAGIC DANCE!!!!!!

Princess Erika: WATER MAGIC WING ATTACK!!!!!

As Wendy and Chelia perform their Sky Magic attacks, and Princess Erika performs her Water Magic attack, Cam unsheathes the Night Sky Sword and performs the Sword Spin attack, and the poor Stalfos Skeleton is destroyed in one shot. Bones fly EVERYWHERE!!!!

Carla: Talk about going overboard!!!!

Cadence: Yeah, save your strength and don’t waste it on such a weak monster.

But both Carla and Cadence spoke too soon because shortly after the first Stalfos was destroyed, 2 more show up.

Cam: No rest for weary because here comes round 2, but I’ll end this MUCH quicker.

Cam throws dynamite at the Stalfos Skeletons blowing em up to bits causing more bones to blow EVERYWHERE!!!!

Cam: What were we doing wasting our magic energy when all we had to use was dynamite to destroy em????!!!!!

Carla: My thought’s exactly!!!!

Wendy: OOPS!!!! That never occurred to me just now!!!!

Princess Erika: I forgot that they can simply be blown up with dynamite!!!!

Chelia: Good to know for future reference!!!!

Carla: They can all certainly be oblivious when it comes to stuff like this!!!!

Cadence: Yeah, no kidding!!!!

With the 3 Stalfos Skeletons destroyed, a giant treasure chest appears in the middle of the room.

Cam: ALRIGHT!!!! Maybe this is the map we are looking for!!!!

Wendy: Only one way to find out!!!

Cam and Wendy slowly open the treasure chest only to find out that it was not the map nor compass that they were looking for, but they had found an equally vital treasure.

Cam: WHAT THE????!!!!

Wendy: OH WOW!!!!

Chelia: IT’S THE DRAGON BOW!!!!

Cam: PERFECT!!!!! I broke the Fairy Bow at the end of the last boss fight in the Shadow Temple.

Princess Erika: WAIT, WHAT??????!!!!!!

Carla: How would you break a bow????!!!!!

Cam: Well………………….
It happened on the third and final hit when I aimed the arrow of Light towards Bongo Bongo’s giant eye. Both Troy and I were bounced up and down on this giant bongo drum, so it’s possible the shock waves from being bounced on the drum were more than what the Fairy Bow was designed to handle, so on the third and final hit, right after I shot the Arrow Of Light into Bongo Bongo’s giant eye, the Fairy Bow finally snapped and gave out the ghost.

Wendy: Why didn’t you tell me about this Cam?

Cam: You girls never asked about the last boss fight because rescuing you from the Gerudo Valley Fortress was the top priority followed by releasing the rest of the prisoners and getting ahold of The Hour Glass Of Time.
But to put a long story short, Bongo Bongo was a VERY strange shadow like ghost that was made up of only a torso, 2 long arms, 2 giant hands, had a LARGE red eye at the bottom of his torso, and he banged on this giant bongo drum which bounced Troy and I around like you wouldn’t believe. Aiming the arrows at this things hands and giant eye was almost impossible. In fact, it was an insane amount of luck that we managed to take him down given that he was A LOT harder to defeat than Tentalus, Molgera, and even King Helmaroc.

Wendy: I wish you would have told me sooner, but I guess I can understand why you never told us about because we never asked…………..

Cam: I should have told you right after I rescued you.

Wendy: Hey, it’s in the passed, and what matters is we’re fighting together from now on.

Cam: Most definitely.

Chelia: We’re just glad you’re okay, and that you and Troy managed to make it through the last temple.

Cam: I will tell you, the last temple was not for the faint of heart. It may not have been as confusing as this one, but it was WAY more frightening. It was dark, dingy, and just overall terrifying. The monsters were not only strange, but down right evil to almost demonic. There were guillotines, mummies, dead bodies lying everywhere, and you were literally jumping over bottomless chasms that led to eternal darkness. It was literally like being in a gateway to Hell as a best way to describe it……………..

Cadence: Okay, that kinda creeps me out!!!!

Princess Erika: We were all very worried about you 2, while you guys were off clearing the Shadow Temple. And after hearing what you have just told us, it really scares us to think what about what you and Troy had dealt with because we had no idea just how dangerous the last temple was until you told us.

Carla: Even though I wasn’t there, my clairvoyance showed me the voices of pain and suffering coming from that place, and nothing but total darkness………………….

Cam: That’s pretty much what it was.

Wendy: Just promise me you and Troy won’t go off like that again, okay? I was very worried about you while you were gone. And although I was still angry at you, I was more afraid of your well being, but somehow I knew you’d pull through…………………anyways, I’m just glad you made it back.

Cam: Hey, the Shadow Temple has been cleared, so I have no reason to go back. But now that we have the Dragon Bow, it is time to continue onwards and upwards, and defeat this temple in the time we have left.

Wendy: Good point, now where do we go next?

Johnny 5: Your best bet is to return to the staircase just outside the room you got the Dragon Bow from……………..I don’t know why, but I think your next clue lies there.

Cam: Okay.

Wendy: You heard him Cam; let’s go!!!!

Cam: Alright!!!!

Cam, Wendy, and the rest of our friends make their way back out towards the staircase and notice a picture of a red apparition.

Cam: Okay, now if memory serves me right, I must shoot the portraits, and then the ghost should show itself.

Wendy: Cam……………….

Chelia: Did you just say ghost????!!!!!

Cam: Yep!!!! And I believe the temple is haunted by 5 ghosts. 4 of which we have to take down prior to fighting the boss, and the boss himself is a phantom.

Wendy, Chelia, & Princess Erika: *FREAK OUT AND SCREAM* AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!! WE DID NOT NEED TO KNOW THAT!!!!!

Cam: It’s not like we’re dealing with the ghost of Mr. Hyde again. Besides, you weren’t scared of the ghost of Eleanor.

Wendy: That’s because she was kind, and helped us!!!!!

Cam: *Eyes roll* Ugh Oh Boy!!!! You girls are overreacting; these ghosts are pathetic pushovers if memory serves me right.

Princess Erika: Easy for you to say!!!! Some of us don’t like spending time in haunted places.

Wendy: Is Cam always like this?????!!!!

Princess Erika: The guy spent the night and fell asleep in the boiler room of a notoriously haunted ocean liner in my world, and slept in the most haunted room of our country’s most haunted hotel, so he unfortunately knows no fear when it comes to stuff like this and it gets to his head.

Cam: Alrighty, now to find………..

Then out of nowhere everyone hears strange and creepy laughing sounds coming out of the pictures on the walls causing all the girls to freak out.

All Girls: *FREAK OUT AND SCREAM* AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Carla: WENDY DID YOU HEAR THAT???????!!!!!!!

Wendy: I SURE DID CARLA!!!!!!!!

Chelia: IT SOUNDED CREEPY!!!!!!!

Princess Erika: I HATE VISITING HAUNTED PLACES!!!!!!!!

Cadence: I’M BEGINNNING TO AGREE WITH YOU GIRLS!!!!!!!

Cam then sees a red colored ghost show up in an oil painting on a wall only for it to vanish, and show up on another painting on another wall.

Cam: AH-HA!!!! I HAVE YOU NOW!!!!

Cam then gets out the Dragon Bow, aims his arrow at the painting, shoots it, lands a direct hit, and in turn destroys one oil painting.

Cam: Okay, one down and 2 to go!!!!!

Cam then runs up the staircase, sees the ghost in another oil painting, and just like before aims the Dragon Bow and lands a direct hit destroying the painting.

Cam: ALRIGHT!!!! Now just one more to go!!!!

Cam then sees the last oil painting of the ghost staring at him right in the face, and without hesitation, destroys it in one shot using a Fire Arrow causing the ghost to show himself and pop up out of the painting and attempt to escape.

Cam: OH NO YOU DON’T!!!!

Cam unsheathes the Legendary Sword Excalibur, and chases after the ghost only for it to vanish and swirl around him while still holding a torch.

Cam: I don’t have time for this!!!!

Cam gets out a vile of Holy Water, splashes it onto the ghost fully exposing it and making it vulnerable to attack.

Cam: I HAVE YOU NOW!!!!!

With one swing of Excalibur, Cam destroys the ghost in one shot. The red flame from the torch the ghost was holding lights up a candle and causes a large treasure chest to appear.

Cam: BOO & YA, NOTHING TO IT!!!!

Carla: Show off!!!! -_-

Princess Erika: I’ll say!!!! -_-

Chelia: Way to make us feel bad Cam!!! -_-

Wendy: The sooner we destroy the others, the better.

Cam: Well maybe we finally have the map!!!!

Wendy: I sure hope so, but only one way to find out.

Cam and Wendy then open the large treasure chest and low and behold they FINALLY retrieve the map.

Cam & Wendy: FINALLY!!!!!!!

Cam: Johnny 5, we have the map at last!!!!

Johnny 5: Good because my calculations can no longer pin point the rest of the temple, so you guys are on your own from here on.

Wendy: Thanks for the help Johnny; we really appreciate it.

Johnny 5: Glad to be of service my lady!!!!

Wendy: Alright, lets continue to the next location.

Cam: We must retrace out steps, make our way back to the temple’s main foyer, and continue from there.

Wendy: Okay!!!! We’ve got this Cam!!!!

Cam: Not a moment to lose, so lets go!!!!

Cam and the girls retrace their steps as they make their way back to the room where they found the boss key, back out through the twisted corridor, and back into the giant room full of ladders.

Cam: Okay Wendy, hop on my back because it’s a long drop back onto the ground floor level.

Wendy: No prob!!!!

Wendy hops on Cam’s back and holds on tight as he jumps down towards the ground floor level using his skills as a black belt while Carla and Cadence fly Chelia and Princess Erika safely back down.
It’s not long before our friends are back in the temple’s main foyer as they open the map to see where they need to go next.
They then notice one of the large candles in the center of the room now fully lit.

Cam: Alright, one of the candles is lit!!!!

Wendy: That must mean we’ve cleared one side of the temple.

Cam: Now the next half of the temple will require us to do pretty much the same thing, and in order to do that we must go through that locked door up ahead.

Princess Erika: Except how are we gonna get through that locked door??? It doesn’t look like it needs a key, so there must be some other way……………

Carla: I see a switch on the wall of some kind that looks like an eye!!!

Cam: Carla, I think you’ve just solved our problem!!!

Carla: REALLY????!!!!!

Cam: Only one way to find out!!!

Cam gets out the Dragon Bow, aims one of his arrows at the eye switch high on the wall, shoots, lands a direct hit, and in turn unlocks the door.

Princess Erika: AWESOME!!!!!

Cam: Carla, you’re a genius!!!

Carla: *Blushes BRIGHT PINK* Well, I wouldn’t go that far, but I try!!!!

Cadence: I see another one on that side of the temple too, and in the same location above the doorway.

Cam: Might as well get it over with now while we’re ahead!!!!

Cam then aims his arrows using the Dragon bow at the second Eye Switch above the doorway, shoots, lands a direct hit, and unlocks the door.

Wendy: AWESOME!!!! That’s the way we need to go!!!!

Cam: Then lets go onwards and upwards!!!!

Cam, Wendy, and the rest of the gang go through the door and venture into one of the Temple’s gardens where they are attacked by Big Deku Baba plant monsters.

Wendy: I’LL TAKE CARE OF THIS ONE!!!! SKY MAGIC WING ATTACK!!!!!

Cam: AND I’VE GOT THIS ONE!!!!

Princess Erika: THIS ONE’S MINE!!!!! WATER MAGIC TALON!!!!!

Chelia: I HAVE THIS ONE!!!! SKY MAGIC DANCE!!!!!

With quick unsheathing of Excalibur along with the combinations of Sky and Water Magic attacks, Cam, Wendy, Princess Erika, and Chelia make quick work of the Big Deku Baba plant monsters.

Cam: Alright, now that the plant monsters have been dealt with, we need to figure out where the 2 keys are hiding in this garden…………..

Carla: Okay, according to the map, they are both on opposite sides……………..

Cadence: Accept there’s no real way to pin point their location.

Cam then looks up and sees some balconies high above the garden, while at the same time, Princess Erika follows a river running through the garden, and finds a well.

Cam: I think one of them maybe in the highest balcony above the garden.

Princess Erika: And the other is possibly at the bottom of this well!!!!

Cam: Only one way to find out……..

Cam gets out his Long shot and springs his way to a ledge above the doorway of the garden’s entrance, while Princess Erika down dives into the well. Cam then climbs along the sides of the walls of the temple using vines while Erika swims down the very bottom of the well. Eventually Cam finally arrives climbs onto the highest balcony above the garden where he finds one treasure chest, while Erika reaches the very bottom of the well and finds the other.

Cam & Princess Erika: THIS MUST BE IT!!!!

Cam opens up one treasure chest while Princess Erika opens up the other, and low and behold both Cam and Princess Erika have found the keys.

Cam: I GOT ONE OF THE KEYS!!!!!

Princess Erika pops out of the water from the other side of the well having taken an underwater passage way.

Princess Erika: AND I FOUND THE OTHER!!!!!

Wendy: OH WOW!!!!

Chelia: WAY TO GO YOU 2!!!!!!

Carla: Okay, now next you’re not gonna like this but we must retrace our steps yet again.

Cam: OH BOY!!!! I wonder where to this time!!!!

Chelia: We can’t waste anymore time, so lets go.

Our friends then leave the Temple’s garden, retrace their steps back into the temple’s foyer, back into the large room full of ladders and floating platforms, back through the twisted corridor, back through the room where they found the boss key, back through the hall way and down the staircase where they fought the first ghost, back through the room where they fought the stalfos skeletons, and out into another room with another staircase with oil paintings of ghosts on the walls.

Cam: Oh, boy it’s the same as before!!!!

Wendy: Just get rid of em!!!!

Chelia: And make it fast!!!!

Cam: No problem!!!!

Cam wastes no time in getting out the Dragon Bow, and shooting all 3 oil paintings of the ghost one after another until the ghost has no choice but to come out given that it has nowhere to run.

Cam: You can run, but you can’t hide!!!!

Just like before, the ghost vanishes, becomes invisible, and swirls around Cam, but this time it carries a torch with a blue colored flame.

Cam: Blue colored flame I see!!!!

All Girls: OKAY, THE COLOR OF THE FLAME IS CREEPY!!!!!

Cam: I actually agree, making it all the more important to take this thing down.

Unsheathing Excalibur, Cam makes quick work of the ghost and destroys with just 2 slashes of the sword before the ghost vanishes, but the blue flame from its torch lights a candle and another treasure chest appears.

Cam: Alright, now with that ghost out of the way, I take it we must follow this staircase, and it’ll take us exactly where we need to go right after we open this chest, which most likely contains the compass.

Wendy: I’m ready to open this thing when you are!!!!

Cam: Alrighty!!!!

Cam and Wendy then slowly open the giant treasure chest and low and behold they at long last remove the compass.

Cam & Wendy: FINALLY!!!!!

Chelia: WE HAVE THE MAP AND COMPASS AT LAST!!!!!

Princess Erika: Now it will tell us where we need to go next!!!!!

Carla: And it’s as Cam suggested, follow this staircase and it will take us to where we need to go.

Cadence: Honestly, this temple is one confusing Maze!!!!

Our friends make their way up the staircase and come across a locked door needing a key.

Cam: Alrighty, we must unlock this door!!!

Princess Erika: I’ll get it!!!!

Princess Erika gets out her key, slides it into the lock, and unlocks the door allowing our friends to continue onwards and upwards.

Cam: Alrighty, let’s go!!!!

Princess Erika: Right!!!!

Our friends then find themselves in another room where EVERYTHING is upside down!!!!

Carla: And we’re in another room where everything is upside down!!!!

Chelia: Okay, this place is seriously weirding me out!!!!

Cam: It’s weirded me out A LONG TIME ago!!!! LOL!!!!

Wendy: Alright, we must go through the door on our right to continue……..

Cam: Just be on the lookout for another Wall Master, because once he grabs you, you’re back in the foyer.

Carla: Good to know!!!!

Princess Erika: I forgot, that stupid giant hand actually does that!!!! It’s so annoying!!!

Cam: Got that right!!!! And he’s actually a VERY weak monster too!!!!

As Cam makes his way over to the door on the right, Chelia notices the Wall Master drop down from the ceiling.

Chelia: CAM, WATCH OUT!!!!!! SKY MAGIC HOOOOOWWWWWWWWWWWLLLLLL!!!!!!

Wendy: I’LL LEND A HAND!!!!! SKY MAGIC ROOOOOOOOOAAAAAAARRRR!!!!!

Princess Erika: WATER MAGIC WING ATTACK!!!!

Cam also unsheathes the Night Sky Sword, and stabs the Wall Master in the back before Wendy’s, Chelia’s, and Princess Erika’s attacks blow the giant hand to smithereens in one shot!!!!

Cadence: Are there any more of those things in this temple????!!!!!

Cam: Yes unfortunately, and the journey will only get more difficult.

Wendy: But it won’t be enough to stop us!!!

Cam: Got that right!!!!

Our friends make their way through the door on the right, through a very long corridor, and over to another locked door.

Cam: Alrighty, I’ve got this one!!!! You girls wait here, I have an idea of what’s behind this door.

Wendy: Okay, just be careful!!!!

Chelia: If you need any help, just let us know!!!!

Cam gets out a silver key, unlocks the door, and makes his way into a room with a bunch of rotating platforms.

Cam: Alrighty, now if memory serves me right, there should be a switch on the wall that is covered by ice and needs to be melted with a fire arrow……………………..

Cam then jumps on one of the rotating platforms, gets out the Dragon Bow, gets out his fire arrow, and looks for the switch frozen in the ice.

Cam: It should be………..AH-HA, THERE IT IS!!!!

Cam then aims the fire arrow at the switch, shoots, and lands a direct hit.
Meanwhile out in the corridor, all the girls notices the corridor starting to twist itself causing the girls to freak out.

Carla: HEY, WHAT ON EARTH????!!!!

Cadence: WHAT IS GOING ON HERE!!!!

Wendy, Chelia, & Princess Erika: *SCREAM* AAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!
WE’RE SLIPPING!!!!!!!!

Chelia: DO YOU THINK THIS WAS BECAUSE CAM DID SOMETHING IN THAT ROOM?????!!!!!!

Princess Erika: IT’S POSSIBLE!!!!!

After the corridor stops moving, all of the girls notice how twisted the corridor has become.

Carla: OKAY, NOW THAT WAS SCARY!!!!

Wendy: Yeah, no joke Carla!!!!

Cam then makes his way back out to the corridor, and regroups with the girls.

Cam: I knew that’s what the switch did!!!!

Chelia: THANKS A LOT CAM, NOW THE CORRIDOR IS TWISTED!!!!!

Wendy: But I’m sure there’s a good reason for that!!!!

Cam: It was necessary because the room I went in allows us to access the upside down room, right side up this time.

Princess Erika: Only one way to find out!!!!

As Cam and the girls retrace their steps and make their way through the now twisted corridor, they soon find out that Cam was right because now the room that was upside down is now right side up.

Princess Erika: WOW, THE ROOM IS NOW RIGHT SIDE UP!!!!

Wendy: I knew there was a good explanation for the corridor Chelia!!!!

Chelia: Hey, it took us by surprise!!!!

Wendy: Still no excuse to be rude!!!!

Cam: Now I see a hole in the floor, and we must jump through that hole in order to keep moving forward.

Wendy: Okay!!!!

Wendy jumps on Cam’s back, and the 2 jump down on the floor before they jump right through the hole in the floor.

Carla: Well, we can’t let them leave us behind, so let’s go!!!!

Carla picks up Chelia while Princess Erika hops on Cadence’s back, and they all fly down the hole in the floor and regroup with Cam and Wendy.

Wendy: Be very careful!!!!

Cam: The ceiling will flatten you if you wind up in the wrong place.

Wendy: Cam, I think I’ll stay on your back until we’re safely across, if that’s okay.

Cam: That’s fine by me!!!!
Wendy and I will go ahead. We’ll follow the checkered tile patterns on the floor, and we’ll let you know when we’re safe across on the other side.

Carla: Okay, but be careful you 2!!!!!

Cam & Wendy: No prob!!!!

Cam continues to carry Wendy on his back as he looks up as the ceiling falls down. Wendy notices a hole in a certain location and tells Cam where to go.

Wendy: Cam, there’s an opening in the ceiling right over there, so move over to that white tile on the left.

Cam: You got it Wendy!!!!

Cam and Wendy make it over to the safe tile just in time as the ceiling comes crashing down, and just misses them before raising back up.

Cam: Alrighty, now to get to the tile with the switch.

Wendy: Okay……..

Shortly after Cam and Wendy get moving again, the ceiling starts to fall down again, and just like before, Wendy notices another hole in the ceiling and tells Cam just where to go.

Wendy: Cam, go over to that white tile up in front of us!!!!

Cam: Perfect, it’s the one with the switch!!!!

Cam opens up his item storage, selects the Megaton Hammer, hits the switch using the hammer, and gets on the tile just in the nick of time.
Just like before, the ceiling comes crashing down and barely misses Cam and Wendy as a treasure chest shows itself just a few tiles back.

Wendy: Okay, when you can, lets make our way to those tiles where the chest is, okay?

Cam: You got it Wendy!!!!

The ceiling then lifts off the ground, and as the ceiling lifts off the Ground, Cam makes a mad dash for the tiles with the treasure chest only to find the chest guarded by a giant spider as it springs down from the ceiling causing Wendy to freak out.

Wendy: *FREAKS OUT AND SCREAMS* AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!! CAM, GET RID OF THAT THING!!!!!!

Cam: NO PROBLEM!!!!

Cam gets out his 38 Caliber Revolver, and destroys the spider in just one shot before he and Wendy make it safely over to the treasure chest just in time.

Wendy: That was terrifying……………..

Cam: We just barely made it!!!!!

Wendy: Okay, I think you can let me down now.

Cam: No problem!!!!

Cam gently lets Wendy off of his back before she opens the treasure chest and removes the silver key.

Wendy I got the key!!!!

Cam: Awesome!!!! We’ll make a mad dash for the locked door when we can.

Wendy: Alright!!!

As soon as the ceiling lifts off the ground, Cam grabs Wendy’s hand, and the 2 take off running for the locked door, and make it just in time as the ceiling comes crashing down yet again.

Cam: BOO & YA!!!!

Wendy: CARLA, WE MADE IT!!!!!

Carla: WONDERFUL!!!!

Wendy: Your best bet will be to fly over here!!!!

Cadence: Okay!!!!

Princess Erika hops back on Cadence’s back as Carla once again wraps her arms around Chelia’s waist.

Carla: Okay, Chelia, we must fly on over just as soon as the ceiling lifts off the ground.

Chelia: Okay!!!!

As the ceiling lifts off the ground…………..

Cadence: Okay Carla, it’s now or never!!!

Carla: Right Cadence, I’m ready when you are!!!!

Chelia: OKAY CARLA!!!!

Princess Erika: LET’S GO……………NOW!!!!!!

Carla and Cadence lift off the ground and fly across the room as fast as their wings can take them.

Princess Erika: UH-OH!!!!! THE CEILING’S COMING DOWN AGAIN!!!!

Chelia: HURRY, FASTER CARLA!!!!!

Carla: NO NEED TO TELL ME TWICE!!!!!

Cadence: WE’RE ALMOST THERE ERIKA!!!!!

Carla and Cadence get Princess Erika and Chelia to safety just in time as the ceiling comes crashing down to the ground.

Chelia: AND WE MADE IT!!!!

Carla: And with that, I’m wiped out.

Carla then transforms back into her cat form, and falls into Chelia’s arms from exhaustion.

Chelia: CARLA!!!!!

Wendy: CARLA ARE YOU OKAY????!!!!!!!

Carla: Yes Wendy, I’m fine!!!! I just need to rest for a little bit.

Cadence: I’ll carry you on my back so you can rest. Just take it easy and don’t push yourself.

Carla: Thank you Cadence.

Wendy: Let’s heal her up before we continue okay???!!!!

Princess Erika: I’m with you!!!!

Chelia: So am I!!!!

Carla: YOU FOOLS, DON’T WASTE YOUR HEALING MAGIC ON ME; YOU’LL ONLY DRAIN YOUR MAGIC POWERS TOO!!!!

But it was no use, given how over protective and caring the girls are of each other they set to work on healing Carla right away.

Wendy: Okay girls that should do!!!!

Carla: You can’t keep doing this, or you’ll drain yourselves.

Chelia: It’s okay, we only used a little.

Princess Erika: Besides when we combine our healing magic together, it helps us conserve energy.

Wendy: Exactly, so no need to worry too much Carla. We know what we’re doing.

Princess Erika gently places Carla on Cadence’s back.

Princess Erika: There you go!!! You should be back to full strength real soon.

Chelia: And what matters is that you’re okay.

Wendy: Now lets go Cam.

Wendy then slides the key into the lock, and unlocks the door before our friends continue on into the next room where they find a giant oil painting of a green colored ghost on the wall.

Cam: Alrighty, now I think I must shoot the painting in order for the ghost to appear.

Cam then gets out the Dragon Bow, aims his arrows at the painting, and lands a direct hit causing a giant puzzle to appear.

Cam: Alright, we’ve only got a minute to put this thing together!!!!

Wendy: We have no time to lose!!!!

Chelia: Only 4 of the pieces are needed, one will try to trick you!!!!

Princess Erika: I’ll take this piece!!!!

Wendy: I’ve got this one!!!!

Cam: This one’s mine!!!!

Chelia: Cam you move yours this way, Wendy, move yours that way, Erika move yours here, and mine should fit in right…………………THERE!!!!!

After moving the pieces around, Cam, Wendy, Chelia, and Princess Erika manage to get the puzzle successfully put together just in the nick of time causing a green colored ghost to appear.

Cam: Thanks Girls, I’ll take it from here!!!!

Wendy: Actually, I’ll let a hand!!!!

Like the other 2, the ghost vanishes, becomes invisible and swirls around Cam and Wendy while holding a torch with a green colored flame. Except this time, Wendy makes quick work of it.

Wendy: SKY MAGIC CRUSHING FANG!!!!!

Using her sky magic attack, Wendy knocks the ghost off creating a clear path for Cam to land a direct it.

Cam: THANKS WENDY!!!!

Cam then unsheathes the sword Excalibur and takes the ghost down in one shot. After the ghost is destroyed, a candle lights up and glows with a green flame by the exit door.

Chelia: AWESOME!!!!

Cam & Wendy: BOO & YA!!!!!

Princess Erika: YOU GUYS ARE AMAZING WHEN YOU WORK TOGETHER!!!!

Cam: Nothing gets in our way!!!!

Wendy: You got that right!!!!

Cam and Wendy high five one another for a job well done.

Cadence: The bond those 2 share really is something special…………..

Carla: And thanks to Cam, Wendy is not the shy and timid little girl that she used to be……………….her confidence has gone way up because of him……………..

Cadence: At the same time he’s become a lot more thoughtful and considerate thanks to her………………………..I remember he used to be selfish and reckless when we first met him, but that all changed thanks to Wendy.

Wendy: Carla, Cadence we must go!!!!

Cam: We only have 29 minutes on the clock left!!!!

Carla & Cadence: Right!!!!

Our friends then make their way through the door leading out of the dark room, through a long corridor, and back out to the temple’s foyer where they notice something unusual.

Wendy: Cam, is it me here or am I hearing things?

Cam: It’s not just you Wendy; I hear it too!

Chelia: What is it you guys are hearing???!!!!!

Cam: It sounds like shrieking of some kind……….

Wendy: It’s very faint, but we can hear it pretty well.

Chelia: I keep forgetting because of your powers granted to you by Grandine you’re hearing is very sharp………….

Princess Erika: And because of Cam’s YEARS of training in martial arts, his hearing is also very sharp too, so they can hear things that we can’t!!!!

Cam and Wendy make their way over to the center of the foyer where the shrieking is coming from.
They then see a purple colored ghost pop up out of the ground laughing uncontrollably before it splits itself up into multiple doppelgangers.

Cam: Wendy, our job just got a whole lot harder!!!!

Wendy: Then it’s best we eliminate them…………….SKY MAGIC ROOOOOOAAAAAAARRRRR!!!!!!

Using her sky magic, Wendy manages to eliminate 2 of the 3 doppelgangers leaving Cam only 2 options to choose from.

Cam: Thanks Wendy!!!! Now my odds are down to half!!!!

Wendy: Of course!!!!! I’ll take care of one, SKY MAGIC TALLON!!!!!!

Using her Sky Magic attack, Wendy takes out the remaining Doppelganger.

Wendy: Alright Cam, go ahead!!!!

Cam: You got it Wendy!!!!

Cam then gets out his Dragon Bow and Arrows, and shoots the ghost directly!!!!

Cam: AWESOME!!!!

Wendy: OH YEAH!!!!

As Princess Erika, and Chelia arrive to help, they stop because they know they will just get in the way.

Princess Erika: Cam and Wendy have this!!!!

Chelia: Yeah, we’ll only get in the way…………..

Carla: I hate to say this, but it’s clear that those 2 could have handled this temple on their own……………

Cadence: Yeah, we’re only holding em back…………..

The ghost then shows itself again before splitting up into 4 copies just like before.

Wendy: Okay Cam, let’s do it!!!!

Cam: Time to take this thing down!!!!!

Wendy: SKY MAGIC WING ATTACK!!!!

Just like before, Wendy takes out 2 of the ghosts doppelgangers before Cam aims his arrow at one of the 2 remaining copies, and lands a direct hit on the actual ghost before it disappears.

Cam: AND I GOT IT!!!!

Wendy: AWESOME!!!!!!

The ghost then reappears and like before splits up into 4 doppelgangers, but this time Cam listens long and hard, and instantly figures out which ghost is real.

Cam: I think I have found the real one!!!!

Cam then aims his Dragon Bow and arrow, shoots, and lands a direct hit on the correct copy causing the ghost to disappear.

Wendy: OH MY GOSH, THAT WAS AMAZING!!!!!

Cam: Just keep your ears tuned, and you’ll figure it out!!!!

Wendy: Okay!!!!

After the ghost reappears and splits up into 4 doppelgangers, Wendy listens long and hard, and also instantly figures out which ghost is real.

Wendy: I GOT IT!!!!! SKY MAGIC CRUSHING FANG!!!!!!

Using her sky magic, Wendy lands a direct hit on the correct copy before the ghost disappears.

Wendy: OH YEAH!!!!

Cam: WAY TO GO WENDY!!!!!

Chelia: Way to leave us in the dust…………..

Princess Erika: Yeah…………..we maybe strong, but………………

Chelia: Those 2 are on a whole nother level………………………

Cam and Wendy listen long, and hard as they keep their ears tuned waiting for the ghost to reappear and split up again.
Judging his moment, Cam unsheathes his sword Excalibur just as the ghost shows itself and splits up into again.

Cam: LET’S GO WENDY!!!!

Wendy: I’M READY WHEN YOU ARE!!!!!

Cam: ALRIGHT, LET’S DO THIS!!!!

Wendy: SKY MAGIC WING ATTACK!!!!!

Combining Wendy’s Sky Magic with the Legendary Blade Excalibur, Cam and Wendy take out and destroy the ghost in one final shot.
A purple flamed candle lights up a torch as an elevator pops up out of the ground, and both Cam and Wendy wrap their arms around each other in a tight hug.

Cam & Wendy: BOO & YEAH!!!!!!!!

Wendy: THAT WAS AWESOME!!!!!!

Cam: AND IT DIDN’T EVEN TAKE US 2 MINUTES!!!!!

Wendy: OH YEAH!!!!

Cam: NOTHING WILL STOP US NOW!!!!!

Wendy: WE MAKE A REALLY GOOD TEAM!!!!

Cam: All that lies ahead is the boss, and he’s right below us!!!!

Wendy: It’s no wonder we’re best friends!!!!

Cam: Got that right!!!!

Chelia: Okay, now that you 2 have had your moment, we must get to the boss room right away!!!!

Princess Erika: Need we remind you that we ONLY have 26 minutes left on the clock!!!!

Cam & Wendy: Good point!!!!

Carla: Onwards and upwards!!!!

Cadence: Or in this case, downwards!!!!

Our friends then hop in the elevator in the center of the temple’s foyer, and hitch a ride down the temple’s basement.
With most of the temple complete, the boss lurks just up ahead, and who knows how powerful he is compared to the other bosses our friends have faced in the passed.


To Be Continued…………….

Chapter 36

The Phantom Horned King

The Elevator soon arrives in the basement of the temple as our friends disembark, and find themselves in a confusing room shaped like a octagon.

Chelia: Okay, now how are we gonna get to the boss room from here???!!!!

Princess Erika: I don’t know where to start!!!!!

Carla: My clairvoyance can’t figure this out either!!!!!

Cadence: Jonny, do you know anything on the basement of the temple???!!!

Johnny 5: Sorry, I can’t calculate anything…………….

Cam: If memory serves me right this is the final puzzle before the boss room, and we must rotate the walls in order to activate the switch that will unlock the door leading to the corridor that takes us to the boss room.

Wendy: I see, so maybe that explains the giant pillars sticking out of the wall………….

Cam: You may have a point………….

Cam goes up to one of the pillars sticking out of the wall, and gives a great heave when………..

Wendy: Let me give you hand with that!!!!

Cam: Thanks Wendy!!!!

Wendy: No prob!!!!

Cam and Wendy continue to shove with all their might, and it’s not long until the wall begins to rotate. The door openings in the wall line up with dead ends after the wall stops rotating.

Chelia: Okay, where the door openings once were……………..

Princess Erika: Are now dead ends!!!!

Carla: We must keep rotating the walls……..

Cam and Wendy push on one pillar sticking out of the wall while Princess Erika and Chelia push on another, and Carla and Cadence push on a third, and all shove with all of their might until the walls rotate again.
This time once the wall stops rotating, a door way lines up with a crystal switch banging from the ceiling, and barred door behind it leading to a room with a giant rusted switch in the ground.

Wendy: Alright it’s one of these switches again!!! I’ll take care of it!!!! SKY MAGIC WING ATTACK!!!!!

Using her sky magic, Wendy strikes the crystal switch on the ceiling of the door way in turn opening the barred door and allowing access to the room with the rusted switch.

Cam: Alright, I’ll take care of that switch.

Cam then gets out the Megaton Hammer as he makes his way into the room with the rusted switch, and with a mighty swing, Cam strikes the switch using the hammer, and in turn opens a barred door on the other side of the room leading to a doorway going into a dead end.

Carla: Well we opened a door………..

Cadence: But it leads to another dead end.

Cam: I guess we must rotate the walls one more time, maybe 2, and then we should be good.

Wendy: Okay!!!!

Just like before, everyone shoves on a side pillar sticking out of the wall with all their might, and with a giant heave the wall starts rotating again. Unfortunately the doorways line up with dead ends again.

Chelia: AWWWWWWW MAN, MORE DEAD ENDS!!!!

Princess Erika: HOW MUCH MORE OF THIS?????!!!!!!!

Cam: Hopefully one more shove does the trick!!!!

Carla: It had better because I’ll never regain my strength back to my human form at this rate!!!!

Cadence: Don’t push yourself Carla!!!! Let Cam and Wendy handle most of the work!!!!

Princess Erika: That’s what they’ve been doing all this time!!!!

Chelia: But we can try to help as much as we can, so lets shove this wall one more time!!!!

Wendy: Okay, let’s give it one last try!!!!

Everyone then shoves on the side pillars sticking out of the walls one more time, and they all give a great heave causing the walls to rotate one more time. FINALLY the doorways line up where they are supposed to.

Cam: ALRIGHT!!!! The boss room is just up ahead, but there is a barred door blocking us from getting to the corridor leading to it.

Wendy: However there is a room behind us that is unlocked!!!!

Cam: Alrighty, the switch to open the door might be in there!!!!

Cam makes his way into the room with no door, looks up and sees a giant eye ball switch.

Cam: AH-HA!!!! I FOUND IT!!!!

Cam gets out the Dragon Bow, aims his arrow at the eye ball switch, lands a direct hit, and in turn opens the barred door leading to the corridor to the boss room.

Wendy: WAY TO GO CAM!!!!!

Princess Erika: THE DOOR LEADING US TO THE BOSS ROOM IS NOW OPEN!!!!

Chelia: FINALLY!!!!!

Carla: GOOD WORK CAM!!!!

Cadence: AND NOT A MOMENT TOO SOON, WE ONLY HAVE 18 MINUTES LEFT!!!!

Cam: Then we must take this boss out ASAP!!!!!

Cam grabs Wendy’s hand and the 2 make a mad dash through the door way, and down the corridor leading to the giant boss door.
Cam grabbing Wendy’s hand causes Wendy to blush, but at the same time, she tightly holds Cam’s hand in hers and smiles. Princess Erika, Chelia, Carla, and Cadence follow behind, and can clearly see the bond and chemistry between the 2 becoming more apparent all too well.

Chelia: You know, the sooner the Horned King is taken down the better!!!!!

Princess Erika: I agree with you on that!!!!

Carla: Unfortunately 3 more temples lie ahead after this one, and they’ll only get much harder!!!!!

Cadence: Not to mention there are more enemies trying to kill us, so we still have a long ways to go…………….

Our friends then stop just in front of the giant door leading to the boss room before Cam gets out the BIG Key.

Cam: Well this is it, we’ve made it through the temple, and are now at the boss room.

Wendy: Now we must defeat him!!!!

Cam and Wendy then slide the Boss Key into the lock, and unlock the door.

Cam & Wendy: IT IS ALL COMING DOWN TO THIS!!!!!!!!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=i9Re1w6FDLk

After the giant door opens, Cam and Wendy make a mad dash into the boss room before the rest of our friends follow.

Wendy: Okay, I don’t see anything in here!!!!

Cam: I can barely see the staircase that takes us to the battle arena, and that’s where we must go!!!!

Wendy: I’ll follow you!!!!

Wendy follows closely behind Cam as he continues to hold her hand while they make their way up a spiral staircase, and onto the giant battle arena before Chelia, Princess Erika, Carla, and Cadence soon join them.
Carla then jumps off Cadence’s back, and transforms back into her human girl form.

Carla: Thank you so much for that Cadence, I feel much better, and am ready to fight!!!! Now where is the boss?

Cam: I’m seeing paintings of dark forests all over the wall, but no sign of…………………

Bars rise just in front of the spiral staircase cutting off the escape route before a giant black horse shows up with a dark figure in a black hooded cloak with GIANT horns sticking out of his head riding on top of the horse.
EVERYONE’S jaws hit the ground the moment they see the Phantom Horned King because they all thought for a moment that they were staring at the Horned King himself.

Carla: OH MY GOD!!!!!

Cadence: IS THAT?????!!!!!!

Chelia: NO WAY!!!!!!!!

Princess Erika: THE HORNED KING!!!!!!

Wendy: WE’RE NOWHERE NEAR READY TO TAKE HIM ON!!!!

Cam: IT’S ONLY IS PHANTOM THANKFULLY!!!!!!

The Horned King kicks the horse in his sides causing the horse to rear up and whinny before it takes flight, gallops away, and disappears into an oil painting on the walls.

Cam: KEEP ON THE LOOK OUT!!!! THAT THING WILL POP OUT ANY OF THE PAINTINGS ON THE WALL!!!!!! ONE IS A DECOY AND WILL TRICK YOU IF I REMEMBER!!!!

Wendy: OKAY!!!! KEEP A LOOK OUT GIRLS; HE COULD POP OUT ANY OF THE PAINTINGS!!!!

Chelia: AND ONE OF THEM IS A DECOY!!!!

Princess Erika: WHATEVER YOU DO, DON’T LET YOUR GUARD DOWN!!!!!

Soon the Phantom shows himself in 2 oil paintings on opposite walls of the arena before Cadence and Carla give the heads up warnings.

Carla: I SEE ONE COMING OUT OF THIS SIDE!!!

Cadence: AND ANOTHER OUT OF THIS SIDE!!!

Cam: ONLY ONE IS REAL!!!! THE DECOY WILL TURN AROUND!!!!

Using their sensitive ears, both Cam and Wendy can hear the real Phantom galloping closer and closer and know which painting he is going to jump out of, make their way over to the correct oil painting and prepare to attack.

Cam & Wendy: IT’S THIS ONE!!!!

Sure enough, as Cam and Wendy predicted, the Phantom and his horse jump out of the oil painting Cam and Wendy were standing at as they jump high into the air.

Cam: WENDY, LET’S TAKE THIS PECKERHEAD DOWN!!!!

Wendy: I’M READY WHEN YOU ARE!!!!! SKY MAGIC CRUSHING FANG!!!!!!!

Using her Sky Magic, Wendy lands a direct hit on the Phantom while Cam shoots the Phantom using the Dragon Bow, and lands a fire arrow directly in his face causing the Phantom to retrieve back into the oil painting.

Cam: AWESOME WENDY!!!!

Wendy: OH YEAH!!! WE’RE TAKING THIS GUY DOWN!!!!

Cam: DARN RIGHT WE WILL!!!!!

Cam and Wendy keep their ears tuned and listen carefully for the Phantom to reappear when they hear the sounds of real Phantom’s Horse again.

Cam & Wendy: ALRIGHT!!!! HE’LL COME OUT OF THE PAINTING ON THE RIGHT!!!!

Cam and Wendy make their way over to the correct painting along with Carla, Chelia, Cadence, and Princess Erika and all get ready to attack.

Cam: THIS IS IT GIRLS!!!

Wendy: HERE HE COMES, SO GET READY!!!!!

Sure enough, the Phantom jumps out of the oil painting where our friends are standing by, and EVERYONE jumps high into the air.

Cam & Wendy: ATTACK NOW!!!!!!

Wendy: SKY MAGIC TALON!!!!

Chelia: SKY MAGIC BOREAS!!!!!!

Princess Erika: TSUNAMI STRIKE WATER MAGIC ATTACK!!!!!!

Carla: I’LL GET HIM THE OLD FASHIONED WAY!!!!!

Cadence: I’VE GOT HIM TOO!!!!!

Cadence shoots a blast from her horn while Carla lands a direct attack on the phantom using her VERY SHARP Nails. At the same time Cam uses the Dragon Bow, and lands a direct hit in the Phantom’s Face, while Wendy and Chelia use their Sky Magic Attacks, and Princess Erika uses her Water Magic Attack. This in turn causes the Phantom and his horse to retrieve back into the oil painting.

Cam: AWESOME EVERYONE!!!!! ONE MORE HIT, AND THAT’LL BE ENOUGH TO KNOCK HIM OFF OF HIS HIGH HORSE!!!!!

Wendy: LET’S GIVE IT EVERYTHING WE HAVE!!!!!

Everyone: RIGHT!!!!!

Like before, Cam and Wendy listen long and hard, and instantly pin point where the Phantom will appear next.

Cam & Wendy: HE’LL SHOW UP IN THE PAINTING ON THE BACK WALL!!!!!!!

Chelia & Princess Erika: LET’S GET HIM!!!!!!

Carla & Cadence: WE’RE RIGHT BEHIND YOU!!!!!!

Everyone jumps high into the air, and all stare at the Phantom right in the face and charge in to attack as he jumps out of the painting.

Carla: TAKE THIS!!!!!

Cadence: AND THIS!!!!!!!

Cam: I HAVE YOU NOW!!!!!

Wendy: SKY MAGIC ROOOOOOOOOOOOOOAAAAAAAAAAARRRRRRRR!!!!!!!!!!

Chelia: SKY MAGIC HHHHOOOOOOOOOOOOOOWWWWWWWWWWLLLLLLLL!!!!!!!

Princess Erika: WATER MAGIC’S SECRET ART, TWIN WHIRLPOOL WATER MAGIC ATTACK!!!!!!!!

By combining all of their attacks to together, with Cam’s Fire Arrows, Carla’s sharp claws, the Magic blast from Cadence’s horn, the Sky Magic Attacks from Wendy and Chelia, and Princess Erika’s new Twin Whirlpool Water Magic Attack, our friends successfully knock the Phantom Horned King off of his horse before it gallops away and vanishes into thin air leaving the Phantom to hover over the arena waving his magic scepter.

Cam: OKAY, THIS IS WHERE THE REAL FIGHT BEGINS!!!!!

Wasting no time, Cam unsheathes Excalibur as the Phantom Horned King waves his scepter and sends a lightening ball hurtling Cam’s way.

Phantom Horned King: BOOOM!!!!

Cam then deflects the lightening ball back at the Phantom Horned King back with a mighty slash of Excalibur.

Cam: HIT!!!!!

But the Phantom Horned King Deflects the lightening ball back at Cam……….

Phantom Horned King: BOOOM!!!!!

But Cam deflects it away from him again with another slash of Excalibur like in a game of Tennis.

Cam: HIT!!!!

Phantom Horned King: BOOOM!!!!!

Cam: HIT!!!!!

Phantom Horned King: BOOOM!!!!

Cam: HIT!!!!!

This goes on and on and on as all the girls watch the lightening ball bounce back and forth between Cam and Phantom Horned King. Soon the lightening ball picks up momentum and bounces back and forth faster and faster causing both Cam and the Phantom Horned King to lose control. This turn results in Cam getting hit and badly electrocuted by the lightening ball…………….

Cam: WAHTT……………..AAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!!! FLYIN FUCKEN SHIT!!!!!!!

This causes Wendy and the rest of the girls to worry and rush to his side without hesitation.

Wendy: CAM!!!! ARE YOU OKAY?????!!!!!! SAY SOMETHING!!!!!

Princess Erika: OH MY GOSH!!!!! CAM!!!!!!!

Chelia: THAT REALLY LOOK LIKE IT HURT!!!!!!

Cam: OKAY I’M NOT GONNA LIE; I SERIOUSLY THOUGHT I WAS BARBEQUED BECAUSE THAT SERIOUSLY DID A NUMBER!!!!!!

Carla: CHILD, YOU SHOULDN’T PUSH YOURSELF!!!!!

Cadence: WHY DIDN’T YOU DEFLECT THAT THING AWAY!!!!!

Cam: BECAUSE IF I DID THAT, IT WOULD HAVE DISIPATED ALL OVER THE ROOM, AND ALL OF YOU WOULD HAVE TAKEN DAMAGE INSTEAD!!!!! SO BETTER I TAKE THE HIT THAN ALL OF YOU!!!!!

Wendy: YOU REALLY ARE A WRECKLESS DUMMY!!!!

Princess Erika: SERIOUSLY, YOU SHOULD STOP TAKING THE HIT AND PUTTING YOUR LIFE IN DANGER!!!!!

Cam: I KNOW, BUT IT’S MY DUTY TO PROTECT ALL OF YOU, BUT NO TIME FOR THAT NOW, WE HAVE TO TAKE THIS GUY DOWN!!!!

And before Cam could get back up the Phantom Horned King spins his magic scepter in his hands, and sends another lightening ball hurtling towards Cam once again causing Cam to spring back to his feet and deflect the lightening ball away from him like before in another match of Tennis.

Phantom Horned King: BOOOOOOOOM!!!!!

Cam: HIT!!!!!

But just like before the Phantom Horned King deflects the lightening ball back at Cam, and Cam deflects it away from him again.

Phantom Horned King: BOOOOOOOOOM!!!!

Cam: HIT!!!!!!

Phantom Horned King: BOOOOOOOOM!!!!!

Cam: HIT!!!!

Like before this goes on and on and on like a never ending match, and as it goes on the lightening ball picks up speed and momentum just like before bouncing back and forth faster and faster. This causes both Cam and the Phantom Horned King to lose control again, but this time Cam successfully lands a direct hit of the lightening ball on the Phantom Horned King and renders him stunned and unable to move.

Cam: I GOT HIM!!!!!!

Wendy & Chelia: YAY!!!!!

Princess Erika: ALRIGHT!!!! YOU’VE GOT THIS CAM!!!!!

Cam: DAMN RIGHT I DO!!!!!!!

Cam then jumps high into the air, and lands multiple direct hits on the Phantom Horned King using Excalibur dealing A LOT of damage to the Phantom before he’s able to get back up, and float in the air above the arena again.
The Phantom Horned King then spins his magic scepter, and sends another lightening ball hurtling towards Cam, but like before Cam deflects it back at the Phantom Horned King.

Phantom Horned King: BOOOM!!!!

Cam: HIT!!!!

The Phantom Horned King then deflects the lightning ball back towards Cam just like before.

Phantom Horned King: BOOOM!!!!!

And Cam deflects it again.

Cam: HIT!!!!

Phantom Horned King: BOOOM!!!!

Cam: HIT!!!!!

Phantom Horned King: BOOOOM!!!!

Another never ending Tennis Match goes on and on and on causing the lightening ball to pick up momentum and speed, and it’s not long before the Phantom Horned King gets careless and Cam lands another successful direct hit using Excalibur.

Cam: I GOT HIM AGAIN!!!!!

Wendy: YOU CAN DO THIS CAM!!!!! I KNOW YOU CAN!!!!!

Cam scrambles over to the Phantom Horned King, and with multiple mighty slashes with Excalibur, Cam deals even more damage, but not for long.
That Phantom Horned King gets back up and starts another tennis match that never ends.
Carla and Cadence soon notice Cam breathing really hard and see how much stamina he’s losing at every slash he gives with Excalibur.

Cadence: OH MY GOSH!!!!! I DON’T KNOW HOW MUCH LONGER HE CAN KEEP THIS UP!!!!!!

Carla: IT’S LIKE THIS FIGHT KEEPS DRAINING HIS STAMINA!!!!!

Wendy: I MUST HEAL HIM RIGHT AWAY!!!!!!

Chelia: IF I STEP IN, HE’LL TAKE LESS DAMAGE!!!!!

Princess Erika: AND IF I HELP OUT, HE WON’T BE IN AS MUCH PAIN FROM ANOTHER ATTACK!!!!!

Unfortunately another hit is just what happens as Cam’s stamina is not enough to keep up, and he’s hit with yet another Lightening Ball, which in turn REALLY electrocutes him severely, and deals A LOT of damage literally knocking him to the ground.

Cam: WAHTT!!!! AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Wendy, Chelia, Princess Erika, Carla, & Cadence: CAM!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

Wendy, Chelia, and Princess Erika rush to Cam’s side and set to work at healing Cam, when Cam refuses to accept their help.

Cam: DON’T WASTE YOUR MAGIC ON ME!!!!!

Wendy: CAM, YOU RECKLESS DUMMY, YOU ARE HURT!!!!!

Chelia: AND IF WE DON’T HEAL YOU, YOU WON’T STAND A CHANCE!!!!!

Princess Erika: EXACTLY!!!!! YOU’RE IN A LOT OF PAIN, SO QUIT BEING STUBBORN AND LET US HELP YOU!!!!!

Cam: NOT THIS WAY!!!!!! YES THE ELECTRIC SHOCKS ARE PAINFUL, AND YES I AM LITERALLY BARBEQUED, BUT I AM NOT FULLY BEATEN!!!!!

Cam then gets up and stands on his 2 feet ready to fight.

Cam: WE MUST PUT EVERYTHING WE’VE GOT INTO TAKING THIS GUY OUT!!!!!! LET’S GIVE EVERYTHING WE’VE GOT INTO THIS LAST ATTACK, AND END THIS HERE AND NOW!!!!!

Wendy: Cam……………..YOU’RE RIGHT!!!!!!

Wendy then recites her incantation in an attempt to pour everything she has into a final attack.

Wendy: OH SWIFT WIND, THAT SPEEDS THROUGH THE HEAVENS!!!!!!!

Cam: WHAT THE?????!!!!!

Cam then sees what Wendy’s doing, and realizes what he must do in order to take down the Phantom.

Wendy: VERNIER!!!!!!!!

Cam: IT IS NOW OR NEVER, SO HERE IT GOES!!!!

Wendy: I CALL UPON THEE…………………………THE STALWART FIGHT TO CLEANSE THE HEAVENS……………………………………ARMS!!!!!!!!!

After Wendy successfully recites her incantation, Cam recites his and sets to work on reawakening Excalibur for the first time in YEARS!!!!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZBGP8Sfh9mE

Cam: O magni Dei ........ te voco super Ethereus Pater, et Deus Filius, Deus Spiritus Sanctus, Arthur magni Regis: atque optimis Domine Joseph eques auratus!!
Quacumque die invocavero te, ut det mihi potestatem tuam
dona mihi: fortitudinem tuam
dona mihi animo tuo
et det mihi tuum praesidium
Suscipe verba mea, ut ex pacto debebitur
Ut qui maxime protegas me ut amet mi poeple, et regno meo,

(I Call upon thee........Great God Oh Heavenly Father, God The Son, God The Holy Ghost, Great King Arthur, and Loyal Knight Sir Lancelot
I call upon thee to grant me thy powers, grant me thy strength, grant me thy courage, and grant me thy protection
As I accept the terms of thy contract.
Protect those most important to me,
My people
And My Kingdom………………)

As Cam recites the incantation, Excalibur begins to glow as she slowly reawakens.

Cam: Te invoco DONARE ME TUUS POTESTAS CONCREPO mali Et adiuva me EXCITO Ferrum istud………………………..

(I CALL UPON THEE
GRANT ME THY POWER
TO SMITE THE EVIL
AND HELP ME AWAKEN THIS SWORD OF EVIL'S BANE……………)

The more Cam recites the incantation the brighter and brighter the legendary sword Excalibur glows……………

Cam: NOW COME FORTH AND REAWAKEN…………………EXCALIBUR!!!!!!!!!!

And with that, The Legendary Sword Reawakens from her slumber once again as her beautiful blade emits powerful blue and red glows from her colors causing EVERYONE’s jaws to hit the ground.

Wendy: AMAZING!!!!!!

Princess Erika: THAT IS JUST SO COOL!!!!!

Chelia: I HAVE FORGOTTEN THAT AN INCANTATION MUST BE RECITED TO UNLOCK EXCALIBUR’S FULL POWER!!!!!

Carla: I HAVE FORGOTTEN HOW BEAUTIFUL AND MAJESTIC THAT SWORD REALLY IS!!!!!

Cadence: AND IT CAN ONLY BE WIELDED AND AWAKENED BY THE MAGIC KINGDOM’S RIGHTFUL RULER!!!!!!

Cam: YOU MAY ONLY BE A PHANTOM OF THE GREAT KING OF EVIL HIMSELF, BUT YOU ARE STILL MY ENEMY!!!!!! YOU HAVE CAUSED MY PEOPLE AND MY FRIENDS A GREAT DEAL OF PAIN, AND INDECENCY!!!!! YOUR REIN OF TERROR ENDS HERE AND NOW!!!!!!

Cam: EXCALIBUR LETS GO!!!!!!

Thanks to Wendy’s incantation, Cam jumps VERY high into the air, uses his skills as a level 10 black belt to successfully perform multiple in flight back flips, and is soon staring at the Phantom Horned King right in the face as he uses black magic to form the biggest lightening ball like ever before.
In preparation for a nasty attack, Wendy enchants her highest defense spell to deflect the attack away from her while Princess Erika summons her powerful water magic attack to cancel the attack out if it were to hit her.

Wendy: ENHANCING ALL DEFENSE ABILITIES, DEUS CORONA!!!!!!!! AND ENHANCING ALL PHYSICAL ATTACKS, DEUS EQUIS!!!!!

Princess Erika: ENHANCING ALL NULIFYING ABILITIES, DEUS ZERO!!!!!

The Phantom Horned King sends the giant lightening ball hurtling towards Cam and the girls as Cam charges his way towards the Phantom.

Cam: THIS ENDS NOW!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

With a mighty slash of the Legendary Sword Excalibur, Cam deflects the lightening ball away from him and stabs the sword right through the face of The Phantom Horned King quickly bringing the fight to an end as lightening scatters all over the battle arena. Luckily Wendy’s and Princess Erika’s defense and cancelation spells negate the damaging effects of the lightening ball, and send it all back to the Phantom Horned King in turn destroying him.

Cam: AND THAT SHOULD DO IT!!!!

Wendy: AMAZING!!!!

Chelia: THAT WAS AWESOME!!!

Princess Erika: WE DID IT!!!!!

The Phantom Horned King’s lifeless body is soon floating over the arena as the real Horned King himself speaks from beyond outer world dimensions.

Horned King: NOT BAD FOR A KID AND A BUNCH OF LITTLE GIRLS!!!!! YOU SEEM TO BE PICKING UP SOME SLIGHT, BUT STILL FEEBLE SKILLS!!!!
HOWEVER YOU ONLY JUST MERELY DEFEATED MY PHANTOM DOPPLEGANGER!!!!!
IF YOU 2 EVER COME AS FAR TO MAKE IT IN ORDER TO FIGHT THE REAL ME, THEN I GARUNTEE YOU THAT IT WON’T BE THIS EASY!!!!!
WHAT A WORTHLESS CREATION THAT GHOST WAS!!!! I HEAR BY BANISH IT INTO THE VIOD BETWEEN DIMENSIONS!!!!!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gHwr0MXcedE

The Phantom Horned King then vanishes into the void never to be seen from again before Cam soon falls to his knees huffing and puffing as Excalibur returns to its slumber.
Wendy, rushes over to Cam, and wraps her arms around him as she hugs him from behind and sets to work on using her healing magic on him.
Chelia, and Princess Erika also rush to Cam’s side at once, and set to work on using their healing magic on him right away too.

Cam: THANKS GIRLS!!!! You’re lifesavers and I’m in your debt……………..

Wendy: SILLY!!!! You shouldn’t be so reckless!!!! But at least you’re okay, and that’s all that matters……………….

Cam: I couldn’t have done it without you…………………We did it Wendy!!!!

Wendy: And we did it together!!!!

Princess Erika: As a team!!!

Chelia: HECK YEAH!!!!

Wendy and Princess Erika give Cam gentle kisses on the cheeks before everyone is safely teleported out of the battle arena and into The Chamber Of Sages where Sarah The Forest Sage Awakens.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NUez32-YseE
(Skip to 3:20 of the video)

Princess Erika: NO WAY!!!!

Wendy: THE FOREST SAGE………..

Chelia: LOOKS LIKE SHE’S AROUND OUR AGE!!!!

Carla: But I believe she’s well over 100-years-old…………

Sarah: Correct, I am, and have been guarding the Forest Temple for decades until The Horned King’s forces trapped my spirit here. I have waited for the day the new rightful rulers of the Magic Kingdom would arrive…………………..
Your Royal Highnesses King Camaro Von Ludwig, and Princess Wendy Marvell is it?

Cam: Yes………….

Wendy: That’s right!!!

Sarah: Thank you so much you 2…………………And Thank you Your Royal Highnesses Princess Chelia Blendy, Princess Erika Von Ludwig, Princess Carla Chagotte of Extalia, and Royal Alicorn Cadence.
Because of all of you, I have been able to reawaken as a sage.
My name is Sarah the Sage Of The Forest and Guardian Of The Forest Temple………
I always believed you would come because I can see the pure kind hearts you all have, especially you your Royal Highnesses King Camaro and Princess Wendy.
No…………you don’t have to ask why I know……………….the truth is, the Great Oracle Told me……………She resides in the Magic Scepter hidden in the Magic Kingdom’s sacred treasure hold deep beneath the City Of Grand Bay Lake……………….
She told me of your arrival and that all of you would come seal the evil that resides here.
I didn’t believe it at first, but now that you have all come and destroyed The Horned King’s Evil Phantom, I believe now……………you really are the saviors of our world…………it is destiny that you Cam and Wendy are the ones who will destroy the Evil King once and for all, and restore piece to 2 worlds……………………
I will stay here and assist you in anyway I can……………….now go all of you…………..you don’t have much time until the clock’s countdown is zero and time is restored…………………now please take this pearl……………….

Sarah then pours the last of her magic into the giant emerald green Forest Pearl as it rises out of The Temple Of Light, up and out of the ground in the San Juan National Forest, and hovers over the Forest Temple as a Beacon of Hope as Cam, Wendy, and the rest of our friends are safely teleported out of the Chamber Of Sages…………….

Sarah: I believe in you……………….


To Be Continued…………………..